Service Manual _KV 14CT1B KV14CT1B

User Manual: KV14CT1B

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 152

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

SERVICE MANUAL
MODEL

KV-14CT1B
KV-14CT1E
KV-14CT1K
KV-14CT1U

COMMANDER DEST.

CHASSIS NO. MODEL

RM-W100

FR

SCC-U89C-A

RM-W100

ESP

SCC-U91C-A

RM-W100

OIRT

SCC-U92C-A

RM-W100

UK

SCC-U93B-A

BX1 CHASSIS
COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO.

TRINITRON COLOR TV
®

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section

Title

Page

CAUTION & WARNING ....................................................... 3
SPECIFICATION & WARNING (UK only) .......................... 3
SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ........................................ 4
1. DISASSEMBLY
1-1. Rear Cover Removal ................................................... 7
1-2. Speaker Removal ........................................................ 7
1-3. Service Position .......................................................... 7
1-4. Chassis Assy Removal ................................................ 7
1-5. Terminal Bracket Removal ......................................... 7
1-6. A Board Removal ....................................................... 7
1-7. Picture Tube Removal ................................................. 8
2. SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS
2-1. Beam Landing ............................................................. 9
2-2. Convergence .............................................................. 10
2-3. Focus Adjustment ..................................................... 12
2-4. G2 (SCREEN) Adjustment ....................................... 12
2-5. White Balance Adjustement ..................................... 12
3. CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS
3-1. Adjustment With Commander .................................. 13
3-2. Adjustment Item Table ............................................. 14
3-3. T-Mode ...................................................................... 24
3-4. TT-Mode ................................................................... 24
3-5. T-Cyan Mode ............................................................ 24
3-6. Sub Brightness Adjustment ...................................... 25
3-7. Sub Contrast Adjustment .......................................... 25
3-8. Sub Color Adjustment .............................................. 25
3-9. Tuner AGC Adjustment ............................................ 25
3-10. Deflection Adjustment .............................................. 26
CAUTION

Section

Title

Page

4. DIAGRAMS
4-1. Block Diagram .......................................................... 27
4-2. Circuit Board Location ............................................. 28
4-3. Schematic Diagram ................................................... 28
4-3-1. C Board .......................................................... 29
4-3-2. A Board – Processor (Block A) ..................... 30
4-3-3. A Board – Audio (Block B) ........................... 32
4-3-4. A Board – Power Supply (Block C) .............. 34
4-3-5. A Board – Deflection (Block D) .................... 36
4-3-6. A Board – Tuner (Block E) ............................ 38
4-3-7. A Board – Jack, Scart Terminal (Block F) .... 40
4-4. Voltage List and Waveforms ..................................... 42
4-5. Printed Wiring Boards and Parts Location ............... 45
4-6. Semiconductors ......................................................... 48
5. EXPLODED VIEWS
5-1. Chassis ...................................................................... 50
6. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ......................................... 51
INSTRUCTION MANUAL

ATTENTION

SHORT CIRCUIT THE ANODE OF THE PICTURE TUBE AND THE
ANODE CAP TO THE METAL CHASSIS, CRT SHIELD, OR THE
CARBON PAINTED ON THE CRT, AFTER REMOVAL OF THE
ANODE CAP.

APRES AVOIR DECONNECTE LE CAP DE’LANODE,
COURT-CIRCUITER L’ANODE DU TUBE CATHODIQUE ET
CELUI DE L’ANODE DU CAP AU CHASSIS METALLIQUE DE
L’APPAREIL, OU AU COUCHE DE CARBONE PEINTE SUR LE
TUBE CATHODIQUE OU AU BLINDAGE DU TUBE
CATHODIQUE.

WARNING !!
ATTENTION !!
AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER SHOULD BE USED DURING
ANY SERVICE WORK TO AVOID POSSIBLE SHOCK HAZARD
DUE TO LIVE CHASSIS, THE CHASSIS OF THIS RECEIVER IS
DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO THE POWER LINE.

AFIN D’EVITER TOUT RISQUE D’ELECTROCUTION
PROVENANT D’UN CHÁSSIS SOUS TENTION, UN
TRANSFORMATEUR D’ISOLEMENT DOIT ETRE UTILISÈ LORS
DE TOUT DÈPANNAGE LE CHÁSSIS DE CE RÈCEPTEUR EST
DIRECTMENT RACCORDÈ Á L’ALIMENTATION SECTEUR.

SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING !!
COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY SHADING AND MARKED ! ON
THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS, EXPLODED VIEWS AND IN THE
PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL FOR SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE
THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART
NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN
SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY.

–2–

ATTENTION AUX COMPOSANTS RELATIFS Á
LA SECURITÈ!!
LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFIÈS PAR UNE TRAME ET PAR UNE
MARQUE ! SUR LES SCHÈMAS DE PRINCIPE, LES VUES
EXPLOSÈES ET LES LISTES DE PIECES SONT D’UNE
IMPOR-TANCE CRITIQUE POUR LA SÈCURITÈ DU
FONCTIONNEMENT,
NE LES REMPLACER QUE PAR DES COMPSANTS SONY DONT
LE NUMÈRO DE PIÈCE EST INDIQUÈ DANS LE PRÈSENT
MANUEL OU DANS DES SUPPLÈMENTS PUBLIÈS PAR SONY.

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

CAUTION
Lead Free Soldered Boards
The circuit boards listed below (Table 1) may have been processed using Lead Free Solder. The boards are
identified by the LF logo . e.g A,C board (see example).
Board

Function

A

ONE CHIP PROCESSOR, DEFLECTION,
POWER SUPPLY, AUDIO, TUNER, IF,
JACK,SCART TERMINAL

C

RGB AMP
(Table 1)

example 1 (A Board)

example 2 (C Board)

The servicing of these boards requires special precautions to be taken as outlined below:
1. It is strongly recommended to use Sony Approved Lead Free Solder material in order to guarantee optimal
quality of new solder joints.
2. Due to higher melting point of Lead Free Solder, the soldering iron tip temperature needs to be set to chip
(350 degree centigrade) and lead component (380 degree centigrade) for not more than 4 seconds. This requires
soldering equipment capable of accurate temperature control coupled with a good heat recovery characteristics.

WARNING
(FOR EUROPE MODEL WITH “U” (UK) ONLY)
(KV-14CT1U only)
The flexible mains lead is supplied to connected a B.S. 1363 fused plug having a fuse of 5 AMP rating. Should the
fuse need to be replaced, use a 5 AMP FUSE approved by ASTA to BS 1362, i.e one that carries the
T mark.
ASA

IF THE PLUG SUPPLIED WITH THIS APPLIANCE IS NOT SUITABLE FOR THE OUTLET SOCKETS IN YOUR
HOME, IT SHOULD BE CUT OFF AND APPROPRIATE PLUG FITTED. THE PLUG SEVERED FROM THE MAINS
LEAD MUST BE DESTROYED AS A PLUG WITH BARED WIRES IS DANGEROUS IF ENGAGED IN A LIVE
SOCKET.
When an alternative type of plug is used, it should be fitted with a 5 AMP FUSE, otherwise the circuit should be
protected by a 5 AMP FUSE at the distribution board.

How to replace the fuse?
Open the fuse compartment with
a screw driver blade and replace
the fuse.

–3–

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
The units in this manual contain a self diagnostic function. If an error occurs, the STANDBY (1) indicator will automatically
begin to flash. A description of the self-diagnosis function is explained in the instruction manual. The number of times the
STANDBY (1) indicator flashes translates to a probable source of the problem. If an error symptom cannot be reproduced,
the remote commander can be used to review the failure occurrence data stored in memory to reveal past problems and
how often these problems occur.

1. DIAGNOSTIC TEST INDICATORS
When an errors occurs, the STANDBY (1) indicator will flash a set number of times to indicate the possible cause of the
problem. If there is more than one error, the indicator will identify the first of the problem areas.
Result for all of the following diagnosis items are displayed on screen. No error has occured if the screen displays a “0”.

Diagnosis
Item
Description

No. of timer
STANDBY (1)
indicator flashes

Self-Diagnostic
display/
Diagnosis result

Probable Cause
Location

Detected
Symptoms

Power does
not turn on

Does not light

–

• Power cord is not plugged
in.
• Fuse is burned out (F600)
A board.

• Power does not come on.
• No power is supplied on
TV.
• AC Power supply is faulty.

+B overcurrent
(OCP)*

2 times

2:0
or
2:1 ~ 255

• H OUT (Q805) is shorted. • Power does not come on.
(A board)
• Load on power line is
• IC751 is shorted. (C board) shorted.

V-Protect

4 times

4:0
or
4:1 ~ 255

• +13V is not supplied.
(A board)
• IC804 is faulty. (A board)

• Has entered standby state
after horizontal raster.
• Vertical deflection pulse is
stopped.
• Power line is shorted or
power supply is shorted.

IK (AKB)

5 times

5:0
or
5:1 ~ 255

• Video OUT (IC1545) is
faulty. (A board)
• IC001 is faulty. (A board)
• Screen (G2) is improperly
adjusted.**

• No raster is generated.
• CRT Cathode current
detection reference pulse
output is small.

HV Protect

8 times

8:0
or
8:1 ~ 255

• IC604 faulty.
• IC602 faulty.

• No power supply to CRT
ANODE.
• No RASTER is generated.

If a +B overcurrent is detected, stoppage of the vertical deflection is detected simultaneously. The symptom that is
diagnosed first by the mirco controller is displayed on the screen.
** Refer to Screen (G2) Adjustment in this manual.
*

–4–

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

2. DISPLAY OF STANDBY (1) INDICATOR
FLASH COUNT

Diagnostic Item

Flash Count*

+B overcurrent
V-Protect
IK (AKB)
HV Protect

2 times
4 times
5 times
8 times

* One flash count is not used for self-diagnosis.
Lamp ON 300ms
Lamp OFF 3 sec

Lamp OFF 300ms

STANDBY u indicator

3. STOPPING THE STANDBY (1) INDICATOR FLASH
Turn off the power switch on the TV main unit or unplug the power cord from the outlet to stop the STANDBY (1)
indicator from flashing.

4. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN DISPLAY
For errors with symptoms such as "power sometimes shuts off" or "screen sometimes goes off" that cannot be confirmed,
it is possible to bring up past occurrences of failure on the screen for confirmation.

[To Bring Up Screen Test]
In standby mode, press buttons on the remote commander sequentially in rapid succession as shown below:
Display

/ Channel 5 / Volume

/ Power

/ TV

˘
Note that this differs from entering the service mode (volume [+]).

The following screen will be displayed indicating the error count.
ERROR MENU
2:
3:
4:
5:
8:

0
N/A
0
1
0

101 :

N/A

Numeral "0" means that no fault was detected.
Numeral "1" means the number of a fault occurrence (1 ~ 255).

–5–

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

5. HANDLING OF SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN DISPLAY
Since the diagnostic results displayed on the screen are not automatically cleared, always check the self-diagnostic screen
during repairs. When you have completed the repairs, clear the result display to “0”.
Unless the result display is cleared to “0”, the self-diagnosis function will not be able to detect subsequent faults after
completion of the repairs.
[Clearing the result display]
To clear the result display to “0”, press buttons on the remote commander subsequent as shown below when the
self-diagnostic screen is being displayed.
8/[Quitting Self-diagnostic screen]
To quit the entire self-diagnostic screen, turn off the power switch on the remote commander or the main unit.

6. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC CIRCUIT

A BOARD
IC001
Y/CHROMA JUNGLE
FROM
C BOARD
IC751 PIN 5
A BOARD
FROM
Q804
COLLECTOR

A BOARD
IC804
V.OUT

A BOARD
IC001
SYSTEM

A BOARD
IC003
MEMORY

SDA1
84 IK

F.B-PLS

3

99

13

5 SDA

V.GUARD
RED LED 122
32 EHTO

DISPLAY

[+B overcurrent $OCP%]

Occurs when an overcurrent on the +B(135V) line is detected by pin 32 of IC001 (A board).
If the voltage of pin 32 of IC001 (A board) is more than 4V, the unit will automatically go to
standby.

[V-PROTECT]

Occurs when an absence of the vertical deflection pulse is detected by pin 13 of IC001
(A board).

[IK $AKB%]

If the RGB levels* do not balance within 15 sec after the power is turned on, this error will be
detected by IC001 (A board). TV will stay on, but there will be 5 times LED blinking.

[HV PROTECT]

Occurs when IC001 internal HV protect detects an abnormal H-Pulse (frequency) due to
improper power supply to IC001. TV cuts off high voltage power of anode CRT. No picture will
be detected. eg: IC602, IC604 go faulty.

* (Refers to the RGB levels of the AKB detection Ref pulse that detects IK.)

–6–

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

SECTION 1
DISASSEMBLY
1-1. REAR COVER REMOVAL

1-2. SPEAKER REMOVAL

1 Rear cover

Two screws
(+BVTP 3 x 12)

2 Six screws
(+BVTP 4 × 16)

1-3. SERVICE POSITION

1-4. CHASSIS ASSY REMOVAL

1-5. TERMINAL BRACKET REMOVAL

1-6. A BOARD REMOVAL

1 One screw
(+BVTP 4 × 16)

2 Terminal
bracket

A Board

Bracket, FBT

–7–

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

1-7. PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL
Note:
• Please make sure the TV set is not in standing position before removing necessary CRT support located on bottom
right and left.
1) Place the TV set with the CRT face down on a cushion jig.
2) Removal the rear cover.
3) Unplug all interconnecting leads from the Deflection Yoke, Degaussing Coils and CRT grounding strap.

4 Anode Cap Removal
qs Screw, Tapping 5 + Crown Washer

qa Earth Coating Assy

8 Loosen the Neck Assembly
fixing screw and removal

9 Degaussing Coil Removal (x1)

5 C Board Removal
8 Support, CRT(14) Removal (x2)

0 Spring Tension Removal
7 Chassis Assy Removal
6 Loosen the Deflection Yoke
fixing screw and remove

• REMOVAL OF ANODE-CAP
Note:
• After removing the anode, short circuit the anode of the picture tube and the anode cap to the metal chassis, CRT
shield or carbon paint on the CRT.

•

c

REMOVING PROCEDURES

a

anode button

a

the anode button, the anode-cap can be removed by
turning up the rubber cap and pulling it up in the
direction of the arrow c.

1 Turn up one side of the rubber cap in the direction
indicated by the arrow a.

•

HOW TO HANDLE AN ANODE-CAP

1 Do not damage the surface of anode-caps with
sharp shaped objects.
2 Do not press the rubber too hard so as not to
damage the inside of anode-cap.
A metal fitting called the shatter-hook terminal is
built into the rubber.
3 Do not turn the foot of rubber over too hard.
The shatter-hook terminal will stick out or damage
the rubber.

b
b

2 Using a thumb pull up the rubber cap firmly in the direction indicated by the arrow b.
3 When one side of the rubber cap is separated from

–8–

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

SECTION 2
SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS
• The following adjustments should be made when a
complete realignment is required or a new picture tube is
installed.

Perform the adjustments in the following order :
1. Beam Landing
2. Convergence
3. Focus
4. Screen (G2)
5. White Balance

Set the controls as follows unless otherwise noted:
VIDEO MODE .................................................. STANDARD
PICTURE CONTROL .......................................... NORMAL

Note : Test Equipment Required.
1. Pattern Generator
2. Degausser
3. DC Power Supply
4. Digital Multimeter
5. Oscilloscope

BRIGHTNESS CONTROL .................................... NORMAL

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

Preparation:

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

○

7. If the beam does not land correctly in all the corners,
use a magnet to correct if. (see figure 2-1-3)

In order to reduce the influence of geomagnetism on the
set's picture tube, face it east or west. Switch on the set's
power and degauss with the degausser.

Purity control
corrects this area.

Disk magnets or rotatable
disk magnets correct these
areas (a-d).

2-1. BEAM LANDING
Picture Mode : LIVE
1. Input a white signal with the pattern generator.
Set the contrast and brightness to normal.
2. Set the pattern generator raster signal to a green raster.
3. Move the deflection yoke to the rear and adjust with the
purity control so that the green is at the centre and the
blue and red take up equally sized areas on each side
of the screen. (see figure 2-1 and figure 2-1-1)

b

a

c

d

Deflection yoke positioning
corrects these areas.

b
Purity control

c
a
d

Figure 2-1

Figure 2-1-1

Figure 2-1-3

4. Move the deflection yoke forward and adjust so that the
entire screen is green. (see figure 2-1-2)

Caution:

Blue
Red
Green

Figure 2-1-2
5. Switch the raster signal to blue, then red and verify the
condition.
6. When the position of deflection yoke have been
decided, fasten the deflection yoke with the screws and
DY spacers.

–9–

High voltages are present on the Deflection yoke
terminals. Take care when handling the deflection yoke
whilst carrying out adjustments.

○

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

4. If the H.STAT variable resistor cannot bring the red,
green and blue dots together at the centre of the
screen, adjust the horizontal convergence with the H.
STAT variable resistor and the V.STAT magnet in the
manner given below.
(In this case, the H.STAT variable resistor and the
V.STAT magnet influence each other, so be sure to
perform adjustments while tracking.)

2-2. CONVERGENCE
Preparation:
•
•
•

Before starting this adjustment, adjust the focus,
horizontal size and vertical size.
Receive dot/hatch signal.
Picture Mode : MOVIE

(A) Horizontal and Vertical Static Convergence

Centre dot

R

Purity

BMC

G
B
R

G

B

BMC (Hexapole)
Purity
V. STAT
Magnet

H. STAT VR

DY pocket
C Board

V.STAT

RV750

V.STAT

1. (Moving vertically), adjust the V.STAT magnet so that
the red, green and blue dots are on top of each other at
ther centre of the screen.
2. (Moving horizontally), adjust the H.STAT VR control so
that the red, green and blue dots are on top of each
other at the centre of the screen.
3. BMC (Hexapole)Magnet
If the red, green and blue dots are not balanced or
aligned then use the BMC magnet to adjust in the
manner described below.

B G

R

R

G

B

R

Operation of V.STAT magnet.
If the V.STAT is moved in the "A" and "B" arrows, the red,
green and blue dots moves as shown below.

A

G B

B

B

B

G

G

R

R

Moved RV750 H.STAT the red, green and blue dots move
as shown below.

A
R

B
G

R

G

B

R G

G
R

B

– 10 –

B
B

B

G

R

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

H-TILT correction can be performed by adding a TLH
correction assembly to the Deflection Yoke.

5. Layout of each control.

V.STAT

Purity

8. YCH Adjustment

BMC (Hexapole)
YCH VR
Deflection Yoke

9. TLV Adjustment

6. Geometry Adjustment.
TLV VR

Preparation:
Before starting this adjustment, adjust the horizontal and
vertical static convergence.

Deflection Yoke

a) Remove the deflection yoke spacer.
b) Tilt the deflection yoke as indicated in the figure below
and optimise the geometry.
Tilting the DY up and down will balance the upper and
lower pin adjustment.
Tilting the DY left and right will balance the H-Trap
adjustment.
c) Re-install the deflection yoke spacer.

10. Screen Corner Convergence.
If you are unable to adjust the corner convergence
properly, this can be corrected with the use of Piece
A(90) Conv. Correct.

b

a
a-d : screen-corner
misconvergence

c

d

,
,

,

,

Install the Piece A(90) Conv. Correct
assembly for the area that needs correcting.

a

b
, Tilt Direction

7. H-TILT Adjustment

Piece A(90) Conv. Correct
4-094-690-01

Deflection Yoke

d

c

Convergence adjustment with
Piece A(90) Conv. Correct
TLH pieces

– 11 –

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

2-3. FOCUS ADJUSTMENT

2-5. WHITE BALANCE ADJUSTMENT

1. Receive digital monoscope pattern.
2. Set Picture Mode to PERSONAL.
3. Adjust focus VR to obtain the best focus at the centre of
the screen.
4. Change the receiving signal to white pattern and blue
back.
5. Confirm magenta ring is not noticeable. In case
magenta is very obvious, adjust the focus VR to take
balance of magenta ring and focus.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Enter into Service Menu.
Input white pattern signal.
Set picture to PERSONAL mode.
Select WHBL "RDRV" and fix the value to 25 hex.
Adjust WHBL "GDRV" and "BDRV" and adjust the data
for best white balance in highlight condition.
6. Adjust WHBL "BKOR" and "BKOG" and adjust the data
for best white balance cut-off condition.
7. Set the offset settings for LIVE and GAME mode as
stated in the table 1 below:-

OFFSET TABLE (Table 1)
Live
T
Adjusted value +2
Adjusted value -3
25hex
Adjusted value +2
Adjusted value +4

FOCUS

SCREEN

FLYBACK TRANSFORMER (T802)

2-4. G2(SCREEN) ADJUSTMENT
1. Input a dot signal from the pattern generator.
2. Set the Picture, Brightness and Colour to minimum.
3. Apply 165V DC from an external power supply to the
R,G and B cathodes of the CRT.
4. Adjust brightness to obtain cathode value to value
below.
5. Whilst watching the picture, adjust the G2 control
[SCREEN] located on the Flyback Transformer to the
point just before the flyback return lines disappear.

Cathode setting voltage:
165 V ± 2 (VDC) – 14"

– 12 –

Personal
T
BKOR (adjusted)
BKOG (adjusted)
RDRV (25hex)
GDRV (adjusted)
BDRV (adjusted)

Game
Adjusted value
Adjusted value
25hex
Adjusted value -2
Adjusted value -6

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

SECTION 3
CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS
3-1. ADJUSTMENT WITH COMMANDER
Service adjustment to this model can be performed using the supplied remote commander RM-W100.
a. ENTERING SERVICE MODE
With the unit on standby, press the following sequence of buttons on the remote commander.
/ Display

/ Channel 5 / Volume [+] / Power

/ TV

'TT – –' will appear in the upper right corner of the screen.
Other status information will also be displayed.
b. Press 'MENU' on the remote commander to obtain service menu on the screen.
GEOM
WHBL
SADJ
YC
SYNC
PICT
SW
VIF
down
buttons on
c. The screen only displays 8 items at one time. To move to the corresponding item use the up
the remote commander.
d. Press the right / left button or ENTER button on the remote commander to enter into the required item.
Item
Name

Range

Data

HPOS
HPAR

(0,63)
(0,63)

52
40

down
buttons on
e. The screen only display 12 items at one time. To move to the corresponding item use the up
the remote commander.
f. Press right
to increase or left to decrease the data.
g. Press the 'MENU' button on the remote commander to quit from Service Menu. Screen will still display 'TT – –'. To exit
from 'TT – –' menu, press 0 twice, 'TEST', 'TV' or switch the TV into standby mode.
Note:
•

After carrying out the service adjustments, to prevent the customer accessing the 'Service Menu' switch the TV set
OFF and then ON.

– 13 –

TVJ

Table & Note

Device Name

50/60/w50/w60(+ JPN RGB)

TV-Processor

Common

50

60

w50

w60

31

31

31

31

50/60/w50/w60

31

31

31

31

Horizontal Bow

50/60/w50/w60

31

31

31

31

063

Vertical Linearity

50/60/w50/w60

31

31

31

31

031

063

Vertical Scroll

50/60/w50/w60

31

31

31

31

HSIZ

031

063

EW Width (EW)

50/60/w50/w60(+ JPN RGB)

31

31

31

31

006

EWPW

031

063

EW Parabola/Width (PW)

50/60/w50/w60

31

31

31

31

007

UCOP

017

063

EW Upper Corner Parabola

50/60/w50/w60

17

17

17

17

008

LCOP

017

063

EW Lower Corner Parabola

50/60/w50/w60

17

17

17

17

009

EWT Z

031

063

EW Trapezium

50/60/w50/w60

31

31

31

31

010

VSL P

031

063

Vertical Slope (VS)

50/60/w50/w60

31

31

31

31

011

VSI Z

015

063

Vertical Amplitude

50/60/w50/w60

15

15

15

15

012

SCOR

014

063

S-Correction (SC)

50/60/w50/w60

14

14

14

14

013

VPOS

031

063

Vertical Shift (VSH)

50/60/w50/w60

31

31

31

31

014

HBL

000

001

RGB Blanking Mode

50/60/w50/w60

01

01

01

01

015

WB F

007

015

Timing of Wide Blanking (WBF)

50/60/w50/w60

09

09

09

09

016

WBR

007

015

Timing of Wide Blanking (WBR)

50/60/w50/w60

10

10

10

10

017

SBL

000

001

Service Blanking

none

00

018

COPY

000

001

Copy the GEO data to all 50/60Hz NVM area

none

00

Initial

Range

Category

No

Name

Dec

Dec

GEOM

000

HPOS

031

063

Horizontal Shift (HS)

001

HPAR

031

063

Horizontal Parallelogram

002

HBOW

031

063

003

VLIN

031

004

VSCR

005

shaded items are adjustable data.
no data.

RM-W100

– 14 –
•
•

Function

Functionality

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K

3-2. ADJUSTMENT ITEM TABLE

TVJ

Functionality

Initial

Range

Category

No

Name

Dec

Dec

WHBL

000

BKOR

031

063

001

BKOG

031

063

TVJ

Function

Table & Note

Device Name

Black Level Offset R

col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others)

TV-Processor

Black Level Offset G

col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others)

Live
(COOL other)

GAME
(WARM other)

MOVIE/
PERSONAL
(NEUTRAL
other)

LIVE
(COOL RGB)

GAME
(WARM RGB)

MOVIE/
PERSONAL
(NEUTRAL
RGB)

31

31

31

31

31

31

31

31

31

31

31

31
37

002

RDRV

037

063

White Point R

col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others)

37

37

37

37

37

003

GDRV

037

063

White Point G

col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others)

37

37

37

37

37

37

004

BDRV

037

063

White Point B

col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others)

37

37

37

37

37

37

005

LPG

000

001

RGB Gain Preset

none

006

PG R

031

127

Preset Gain R (PGR)

none

45

007

PGG

031

127

Preset Gain G (PGG)

none

45

008

PGB

031

127

Preset Gain B (PGB)

none

009

GNOF

000

015

Preset Gain Offset

none

010

SBRT

031

063

Sub-Brightness

011

SBRO

000

003

Sub-Brightness Offset (Intelligent Pic)

Others/RGB/YUV
none

000

001

Enable Gain Loop CCC System

none

00

000

003

Selection of High Current in CCC System

none

00

014

AKB

000

001

Black Current Stabilization

none

00

015

CBS

000

001

Control Sequence of Beam Current Limiting

none

00

016

RGBB

000

003

RGB Blanking

none

00

017

BLBG

000

001

Blanking of Blue &Green Output

none

00

018

OFB

000

001

Black Level Offset Blue

none

00

019

NSBR

000

015

Non-Standard Brightness Offset

none

05

020

WBP

000

003

Color Temp setting (0:High, 1:Normal, 2,3:Low)

Function

– 15 –

Initial

Range

Dec

Dec

SADJ

000

PMAX

063

063

Picture Maximum

001

SHUE

007

015

Sub-Hue

002

SSHP

015

063

Sub-Sharpness

003

SSHO

000

003

Sub-Sharpness Offset (Intelligent Pic)

004

SCOL

031

063

Sub-Color

005

SCOO

000

003

Sub-Color Offset (Intelligent Pic)

30

Pic mode
0
(LIVE)

Pic mode
1
(MOVIE)

Pic mode
2
(GAME)

Pic mode
3
(PERSONAL)

00

01

02

01

00

EGL

Name

34

YUV

08

SGL

No

RGB

45
CCC loop

013

Functionality

Other

00

012

Category

Picture Mode

Table & Note

Device Name

(TV/Video)*(Normal/Wide)/ (+ JPN RGB)

TV-Processor

Common

50pal
(TV)

50pal
(Video)

50secam
(TV)

50secam
(video)

60TV

60Video

50RGB

60RGB

Pic mode
0
(LIVE)

Pic mode
1
(MOVIE)

Pic mode
2
(GAME)

Pic mode
3
(PERSONAL)

TV/Video
TV/Video/YUV (+ JPN RGB)
none

006

PIC

031

127

Picture Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid),
Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]

Picture Mode (GA: Personal = User Reset Data)

007

COL

031

127

Color Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid),
Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]

Picture Mode (GA: Personal = User Reset Data)

008

BRT

031

127

Brightness Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid),
Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]

Picture Mode (GA: Personal = User Reset Data)

009

HUE

031

127

Hue Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid),
Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]

Picture Mode (GA: Personal = User Reset Data)

010

SHP

031

127

Sharpness Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid),
Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]

Picture Mode (GA: Personal = User Reset Data)

011

PECO

002

003

Picture data in power save mode
(valid for JAPAN only)

012

PRLV

002

003

Coefficient of power save mode (valid for JAPAN only)

Video

34

34

07

08

23

31

RGB

TV
Wide

Video
Wide

26

26

10

03

50pal(tv)/50pal(video)/50secam(tv)/50secam(video)/
60TV/60video/50YUV/60YUV/50RGB/60RGB
none

TV-IP
ON

24

28

24

28

22

26

28

26

02
63

35

38

55

36

31

31

31

31

35

31

31

31

31

31

31

35

28

31

31

Picture Mode* (Eco std/Eco much)
Eco std/Eco much

shaded items are adjustable data.
no data.

RM-W100

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K

•
•

Common

YC

– 16 –
•
•

Initial

Range

No

Name

Dec

Dec

Function

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

TV-Processor

00

Others PAL(TV) NTSC(TV)

SECAM
(TV)

PAL
(Video)

NTSC
(Video)

SECAM
(Video)

S-INPUT SECAM

NTSC

TV

000

PFRQ

000

003

Peaking Center Frequency and Delay

001

RPA

001

003

Ratio Pre & Over Shoot

TV/other

02

01

002

RPO

002

003

Ratio of Positive & Negative Peaks

TV/other

01

01

003

YDLY

012

015

Y-Delay

004

CMAT

000

003

PAL-SECAM or NTSC (Japan/USA) Matrix

005

ACL

001

001

Automatic Color Limiting

006

CB

000

001

Chroma Bandpass Center Frequency

06

(PAL/NTSC/SECAM)*(TV/VIDEO)+YUV/S-INPUT
(JPN RGB)

00

valid only with TV (*Video : 0 fix)

00

06

06

05

05

05

01

007

SBO

001

003

SECAM Black Offset

01

008

CHSE

001

003

PAL/NTSC Ident Sensitivity

02

009

CLO

000

001

Center Frequency of Cloche (Bell) Filter

010

CTRP

000

001

Chroma Trap Mode

011

BPS

000

001

Bypass of Chroma Base-band Delay Line

012

FCO

000

001

Forced Color On

013

TINT

031

063

Base-Band Tint Control

014

TUV

000

001

Tint Control on UV Signals

00
SECAM/others

00

NTSC/others

00

01
00

00
31

YUV/Others
00

Function

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

TV-Processor

00

Functionality

Initial

Range

Category

No

Name

Dec

Dec

SYNC

000

SYS

000

001

Synchronization on YSYNC Input

001

FO

000

003

Phase 1 Time Constant

002

VID

000

001

Video Ident Mode

003

FSL

000

001

Forced Slicing Level for Vertical Sync

004

SSL

000

001

Slicing Level Sync Separator

005

SVID

001

007

Source Selection for Video Identification

006

FORF

000

003

Forced Field Frequency

03

007

MVK

000

001

Macro Vision Keying

01

shaded items are adjustable data.
no data.

05

RM-W100

TVJ

Functionality

50

60

00

00

00

00

Others

TV IP ON/TV IP OFF/Video/Teletext/Auto Tuning or No signal(RF)

TV-IP
ON

00

50/60
00
50/60
YUV/Others

00

Video Teletext

03

01

TV-IP
OFF

No Signal

03

00

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K

TVJ
Category

TVJ

Functionality

Initial

Range

Category

No

Name

Dec

Dec

PICT

000

CADL

007

015

Cathode Drive Level

001

CFA

000

003

Comb Filter Mode

Table & Note

Device Name

TV-Processor

Common Others RGB Picture:
Live

TV
(Live)

TV
(Others)

Video
(Live)

02

02

00

Video Color Temp Color Temp Color Temp Color Temp
(Others)
(COOL)
(Others)
(Warm)
(Neutral)

03
01

002

SOC

002

003

Soft Clipping Level

02

003

PWL

001

001

Peak White Limiting Switch

01

004

WHTL

006

015

Peak White Limiting

07

005

GAM

001

001

Gamma

006

WTS

001

003

Gamma Control and White Stretch

007

TFR

000

001

01
Live/Others

00

01

DC Transfer Ratio of Luminance Signal

Live/Others (+ JPN RGB)

00

01

(TV/Video)*(Dyna/others)

008

COR

003

003

Coring

009

CORO

000

001

Coring Offset (Intelligent Pic)

010

BKS

003

003

Black Stretch

01

01
RGB/others

– 17 –

011

AAS

001

001

Black Area to Switch off the Black Stretch

012

DSK

000

001

Dynamic Skin Control

013

BLS

000

001

Blue Stretch

014

NBLS

000

001

Operation Blue Stretch Circuit

015

NRR

000

001

Non Red Reduction

TVJ

02

02

01
00
col temp (HIGH/OTHERS)

01

00

00
col temp (HIGH/LOW/NORMAL)

Functionality

Initial

Range

Category

No

Name

Dec

Dec

SW

000

CV2

000

001

CVBS2 Input Signal Selection

001

SVO

001

003

Function of IFVO/SVO/CVBSI Pin @ 48

002

DFL

000

001

Flash Protection

Function

01

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

TV-Processor

00

TV/Video/YUV

00

00

TV

Video

01

01

00

shaded items are adjustable data.
no data.

RM-W100

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K

•
•

Function

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

TV-Processor

36

Range

Category

No

Name

Dec

Dec

VIF

000

OIFD

036

063

Offset IF Demodulator

001

AGCT

031

063

AGC Take-over

36

002

ST M

000

001

Search Tuning Mode

01

003

GD

000

001

Group Delay on CVBS1 Signal

00

004

AGCS

001

003

IF AGC Speed

00

005

FF I

000

001

Fast Filter IF PLL

00

006

OAMP

003

003

Video Output Signal Amplitude (only L & L'System)

03

007

VAI

000

001

System I Output Signal Amplitude Correction (only L & L'System)

01

Functionality

Initial

Range

Category

No

Name

Dec

Dec

SDEM

000

FMWS

000

003

Window Selection for FM Demodulator

001

QSS

001

001

Quasi Split Sound (QSS)Amplifer Mode (except GA Model)

01

002

BPB

000

001

Bypass of Sound Bandpass Filter

00

003

AMLO

000

001

Audio Output Signal for AM Sound

00

004

HPVC

000

001

Head Phone Volume Control

00

– 18 –

shaded items are adjustable data.
no data.

Function

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

TV-Processor

02

RM-W100

Initial

TVJ

•
•

Function

Functionality

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K

TVJ

TVJ

Functionality

Initial

Range

Category

No

Name

Dec

Dec

TXT

000

TXV

039

063

Teletext Vertical Position for Philips

001

THD

005

127

Teletext H-sync Active Edge Shift

05

002

TBR

004

01 5

Teletext RGB Brightness

08

TVJ

– 19 –

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

Text Decoder

37

Functionality

Initial

Range

Category

No

Name

Dec

Dec

OPTM

000

ASHT

006

007

auto shut off timer (data*5 min)

001

OSD B

000

015

OSD Brightness

MMR/Micro 60h

03

002

OSDH

005

015

OSD Horizontal Position

MMR/Micro 60h

06

003

OSDV

037

063

OSD Vertical Position

004

MUTE

000

001

No Signal Mute Switch (1 = enabled)

01

005

RFUL

015

015

RF Signal Change Counter after Unlocked (Disable when 0fh)

04

006

RFLK

015

015

RF Signal Change Counter after Locked (Disable when 0fh)

00

007

AVUL

015

015

AV Signal Change Counter after Unlocked (Disable when 0Fh)

04

008

AVLK

015

015

AV Signal Change Counter after Locked (Disable when 0Fh)

00

009

LANG

000

003

OSD language shipping condition

00

010

HTXT

000

001

sync separator sw

TV-Processor

00

011

CMSS

000

001

Sync sw

TV-Processor

01

012

DCXO

127

255

DCXO Offset from Flash Value

SFR/Micro 60h

70

013

EXBL

000

015

Extended Blanking Timer to Eliminate White Noise

07

014

TSYS

000

003

Memorize TV System in NVM at Test Reset (GA Model)

00

015

TVOU

001

001

TV out mute condition 0:Always Mute Off, 1: Mute without
signal (EURO Model)

01

Function

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

50

60

61

33

06

50/60

MMR/Micro 60h

shaded items are adjustable data.
no data.

RM-W100

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K

•
•

Function

Table & Note Device Name Common

Initial

Range

Category

No

Name

Dec

Dec

OPTB

000

IALL

000

001

Standard Write Switch (not memorized in NVM)

001

OPB1

000

255

Option 1 (System related)

*

002

OPB2

000

255

Option 2 (Video Signal related)

*

003

OPB3

000

255

Option 3 (Stereo Decoding related)

*

004

OPB4

000

255

Option 4 (Miscellaneous)

*

005

OPB5

000

255

Option 5 (Miscellaneous)

*

006

OPB6

000

255

Option 6 (OSD Language related)

*

007

BSWT

000

015

Band Switch Wait Time (not memorized in NVM)

shaded items are adjustable data.
no data.

– 20 –

* refer page 21-23 for data.

00

00

RM-W100

•
•

Function

Functionality

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K

TVJ

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

NOTE
shaded items are adjustable data.
•
•
no data.
• Standard data listed on the Adjustment Item Table are reference values, therefore it may be different for each model and
for each mode.
• Note for Different Data: Those are the standard data values written on the microprocessor. Therefore, the data values of
the modes are stored respectively in the memory. In case of a device replacement, adjustment by rewriting the data
value is necessary for some items.
OPTION NOTE
OPB1
Item

SPEED SEARCH

M/N

L'

L(Euro), M(GA)

B/G

I

D/K

DEC

KV-14CT1B

0

1

0

1

1

1

1

0

94

KV-14CT1U

0

1

0

0

0

0

1

0

96

KV-14CT1E

0

1

0

0

0

1

0

1

69

KV-14CT1K

0

1

0

0

0

1

0

1

69

SPEED SEARCH

(Time of speed search)

00 = disabled (original cycle speed),
01 = 4 time speed from the original,
10 = 6 time speed from the original,
11 = 8 time speed from the original
0 = disabled, 1 = enabled

TV System Selection

OPB2
Item

D1

AV Multi/PAM(GA)

Component

KV-14CT1B

0

0

0

0

1

1

0

0

12

KV-14CT1U

0

0

0

0

1

1

0

0

12

KV-14CT1E

0

0

0

0

1

1

0

0

12

KV-14CT1K

0

0

0

0

1

1

0

0

12

D1
AV Multi/PAM
Component
Composite
(SCART)

(D1 Terminal)
(AV Multi Terminal) – JP
Portable Audio Mode – GA
(Component [YCbCr] Terminals)
(No. of Composite Terminals)
(No. of SCART Terminals)

SECAM
Color decording

(SECAM Color System)
(Color Crystal Selection)

Composite (SCART)

SECAM

Color decording

DEC

0 = not available,
1 = available
0 = not available, 1 = available
0 = not available, 1 = available
0 = not available, 1 = available
00 = no composite terminal(Euro : no Scart) BX1L: No Video
01 = 1 composite terminal (Euro : 1 Scart) BX1L:2 Video in
10 = 2 composite terminal (Euro : 2 Scart) BX1L:3 Video in
11 = 3 composite terminal (Euro : no terminal BX1L: 4 Video in)
0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
00 = PAL/NTSC/SECAM (Multi), 01 = NTSC (3.58MHz)
10 = PAL/NTSC/SECAM (4.43MHz),
11 = PAL/NTSC (Tri-Norma)

OPB3
Item

Korean ST

MONO

DEC

0

0

1

01

0

0

1

01

0

0

0

1

01

0

0

0

1

01

HDEV

NICAM ST

NICAM BI

A2 ST

KV-14CT1B

0

0

0

0

0

KV-14CT1U

0

0

0

0

0

KV-14CT1E

0

0

0

0

KV-14CT1K

0

0

0

0

HDEV
NICAM ST
NICAM BI
A2 ST/BI
Thai Bilingual
JP/US ST
Korean ST
MONO

Thai Bilingual JP/US ST

(High Deviation Mode)
(NICAM Stereo)
(NICAM Bilingual)
(A2 [West German] Stereo/Bilingual)
(A2 [Thai] Bilingual) or Force SAP if JP/US ST is active
(JP/US Stereo)
(Korean Stereo)
(Monaural Model)

– 21 –

0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
0 = Stereo (SSD) Model,

1 = Monaural Model

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

OPB4
Item

V-Chip

TOP

TEXT

DEC

0

0

0

1

65

0

0

0

1

65

0

0

0

0

1

65

0

0

0

0

1

65

Firmware/SMAT

1 spk Models

VM

KV-14CT1B

0

1

0

0

KV-14CT1U

0

1

0

0

KV-14CT1E

0

1

0

KV-14CT1K

0

1

0

Firmware
SMAT
1 spk Models
VM
Equalizer
Surround

(SSD Firmware Downloading)
Surround Matrix
1 Speaker Models
(Velocity Modulation)
(5-band Equalizer Model)
(US/GA Surround Selection)

V-Chip

(V-Chip Model)

TOP
TEXT

(Forced TOP)
(Teletext Model)

Equalizer Surround

0 = disabled,
1 = enabled
0 = Active,
1 = Passive
0 = 2 or 3 Speakers Models,
1 = 1 speaker Models
0 = disabled,
1 = enabled
0 = Bass/Treble Model, 1 = Equalizer Model
0 = Off/Simulated/Surround,
1 = Off/Simulated/WOW/TruSurround (US)
1 = Off/Simulated/SRS(3D)Surround (GA)
0 = Channel Block Model (no rating)
1 = Parental Control Model (rating)
0 = Auto Mode (TOP/FLOF),
1 = Forced TOP
0 = Non-Teletext Model, 1 = Teletext Model

OPB5
Full Surround

No Surround

Forced 60

ASD

Tilt

IP Plus

IP

Wide

DEC

KV-14CT1B

0

1

0

0

1

1

1

1

79

KV-14CT1U

0

1

0

0

1

1

1

1

79

KV-14CT1E

0

1

0

0

1

1

1

1

79

KV-14CT1K

0

1

0

0

1

1

1

1

79

Item

Full Surround

(Full Surround option - no for euro model)

No Surround
Forced 60
ASD
Tilt
IP Plus
IP
Wide

(No Surround Model)
(Forced 60Hz in no signal)
(Automatic Standard Detection)
(Tilt Correction/PIC Rotation)
(Intelligent Picture Plus)
(Intelligent Picture)
(Wide Mode/V-Compressed)

0 = Normal surround model,
1 = Full surround model (Off/simulated/surround/SRS/WOW/TruSurround
0 = Surround Model,
1 = Non-Surround Model
0 = 50Hz,
1 = 60Hz
0 = disabled,
1 = enabled
0 = disabled,
1 = enabled
0 = disabled,
1 = enabled
0 = disabled,
1 = enabled
0 = disabled,
1 = enabled

– 22 –

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

OPB6
Item

GA US

Latin

Feature 2

Feature 1

KV-14CT1B

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

01

KV-14CT1U

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

1

03

KV-14CT1E

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

00

KV-14CT1K

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

02

GA US

(US Model Destination)

Latin

(US Model Latin Destination)

Feature 2

(Temporary for BX1L)

Feature 1

(Temporary for BX1L)

OSD Language Selection
(English always available except JP)

US

OSD Language Selection

0 = US/Canada/Latin,
1 = Taiwan/Korea/Philippine
0 = US/Canada (No Volume Figure Display)
1 = Latin (Volume Figure Display)
0 = Comb Not available
1 = Comb Available
0 = PiP Not available
1 = PiP Available
01xx = French,
0x1x = Spanish
0xx1 = Portuguese

US (GA NTSC) 1x1x = Complicated Chinese,
1xx1 = Korean
GA

1xxx = Simplified Chinese,
x1xx = Arabic,
xx1x = Thai
xxx1 = Vietnamese

EU

0000 = Destination ADE
0001 = Destination BL
0010 = Destination KR
0011 = Destination U

– 23 –

DEC

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

3-3. T-MODE:
T-Mode is available by pressing the 'TEST' button once,
OSD 'T' appears. The function described below are
available by selecting the indicated keys. The 'T' is released
automatically after each command is executed.

48
49

Set NVM as non-virgin
Set NVM as virgin

61
64

67

Auto AGC Adjustment
RGB priority (toggle)
On: FS input (Pin 16)is always active
Off: FS input is active only in AV1 (Scart)
RGB Auto Detection (Toggle)
Auto: AV1 or RGB is automatically selected at
the change of AV input to AV1 (Scart) by user or
mode Pin 8
Off: AV input toggle has AV1 and RGB
respectively (TV --> AV1 --> RGB --> AV2 -->...)
Manual AGC Adjustment

71
72

Force PAL Video
Un-force PAL (cancel the function above)

73

KEY

T-MODE FUNCTION

volume +
volume –

volume maximum
volume minimum

picture +
picture –

picture maximum
picture minimum

colour up
colour down

colour maximum
colour minimum

brightness-bright
brightness-dark

brightness maximum
brightness minimum

hue-purplish
hue-greenish

hue-purplish
hue-greenish

74

sharpness-sharp
sharpness-soft

sharpness maximum
sharpness minimum

78

Enable Zweiton D/K2 System (6.5/6.74)
(only stereo)
Enable Zweiton D/K3 System (6.5/5.74)
(only stereo)
Balance Full Left (only stereo)

balance left
balance right

balance full left (only stereo)
balance full right (only stereo)

79
81

Balance Full Right (only stereo)
Auto NICAM DCXO calibration (only stereo)

treble up
treble down

treble maximum (only stereo)
treble minimum (only stereo)

87
93

Local Keys Test
Set 16:9 zoom mode

bass up
bass down

bass maximum (only stereo)
bass minimum (only stereo)

95
99

Set 4:3 Zoom Mode
Display Error and Working Time Menu

65

3-4. TT-MODE:

To release the 'TT-Mode', press 0 twice, press 'TEST',
press 'TV' or switch the TV into standby mode.

TT-Mode is available by pressing the 'TEST' button twice,
OSD 'TT – –' appears. The function described below are
available by pressing two digits.

3-5. T-Cyan MODE:
T-Cyan Mode is available by pressing the 'TEST' and 'Cyan'
keys. T-Cyan is basically for white balance and geometry
adjustments. The functions described below are available
by pressing the indicated keys.
In T-Cyan Mode a single 'T' is displayed in cyan colour. To
release from this mode, press the 'TV' key once.

00

Exit from TT mode

01
02

Set Picture Level to Maximun
Set Picture Level to Minimum

03
04

Set Volume to 35%
Set Volume to 50%

05
06

Set Volume to 65%
Set Volume to 80%

KEY
1

T CYAN FUNCTION
Pin Amplitude –

07
08

Ageing Mode On
Shipping Condition

2
3

Vertical Centre –
Pin Amplitude +

11
12

Sub Picture Adjustment
Sub Colour Adjustment

4
5

Vertical Centre –
Vertical Size +

13
14

Sub Brightness Adjustment
Text H Position Adjustment

6
7

Horizontal Centre +
Horizontal Size –

15
19

Rotation Coil Test
Factory Mode Enable/Disable

8
9

Vertical Centre +
Horizontal Size +

21
22

Destination ADEKR
Destination BL

0
Volume +

Vertical Size –
Upper Corner Pin +

24
31

Destination U
Auto Shutoff Disable/Enable

Volume –
Programme +

Lower Corner Pin +
Upper Corner Pin –

33
41

Rotation On/Off
Re-initialise NVM

Programme –
Cyan

Lower Corner Pin –
Bow –

43
44

Select Dual A Sound (only stereo)
Select Dual B Sound (only stereo)

Yellow
Green

Pin Phase –
Bow –

45
46

Select Mono Sound (only stereo)
Select Stereo Sound (only stereo)

Red
Video

Pin Phase +
Vangle +

Information

Vangle –

– 24 –

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

3-6. SUB BRIGHTNESS ADJUSTMENT

3-8. SUB COLOUR ADJUSTMENT

1. Input a PAL monoscope pattern.
2. Go to Test Mode.
3. Press 'Test' 'Test 13' on the Remote commander.
PICTURE MINIMUM, BRIGHTNESS 50%
4. Select WHBL "SBRT" by pressing right or left
button and adjust "SBRT" data. To adjust the data,
again press right to increase or left to decrease the
data until there is barely a difference between 0 IRE
and 10 IRE signal levels.

1.
2.
3.
4
5.

Receive a PAL colour bar signal.
Connect an oscilloscope to Pin 2 of CN004(A board).
Enter into the Service Menu.
Set PICT 06 "WTS" to 00.
Adjust SADJ "SCOL" data so that the cyan, magenta
and blue colour bars are equal level.
same level

3-7. SUB CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT
1. Select Video Mode.
2. Input PAL Colour Bar to TV set.
3. Set the following condition:
PICTURE 100%, COLOUR 0%, BRIGHTNESS 50%
(IN PERSONAL MODE)
4. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 4 (R output) of CN004.
5. Enter Service Menu.
6. Set PICT 03 "PWL" to 00 and WHBL 17 "BLBG" to 01.
7. Select SADJ "PMAX" with right
or left button of the
commander then adjust VR within spec with right or
left button.

VR

B-Out Waveform

3-9. TUNER AGC ADJUSTMENT
Note: There should be no need to adjust the AGC as this
is pre-adjusted during manufacturing. If the AGC
does need adjustment then follow steps 1 to 4 as
below.
1. Receive a signal of 61dBuV/75ohm terminated via the
tuner antenna socket.
2. Connect a voltmeter to the AGC pin 5 of CN904 (mount
side of A board).
3. Confirm that the AGC voltage is 3.2volts +/–0.5volts.
4. If adjustment is required, then re-adjust the AGCT in
service menu to obtain a voltage of 3.2V +/–0.5V.

PIN 5

VR = 1.38 ± 0.03 Vp-p
(Difference is within 30mV)
8. Set "PWL" and "BLBG" back to initial data respectively.
OR
1. Input a video signal that contains a small 100% white
area on a black background.
2. Connect a digital voltmeter to pin 10 of J751 (C board).
3. Adjust the sub-contrast ("TT11") to obtain a voltage of
81+/–5V.

– 25 –

[ Print side of A board ]

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

3-10. DEFLECTION ADJUSTMENT

Vertical Amplitude (VSIZ)

1. Set the TV mode to normal (4:3).
2. Enter into the 'GEOMETRY' service menu.
3. Select and adjust each item in order to obtain the
optimum image. (see table below)
4. Repeat the above for 16:9.

Vertical Linearity (VLIN)

GEOMETRY
HPOS
HPAR
HBOW
VLIN
VSCR
HSIZ
EWPW
UCOP
LCOP
EWTZ
VSLP
VSIZ
SCOR
VPOS
WBF
WBR

(0,63)
(0,63)
(0,63)
(0,63)
(0,63)
(0,63)
(0,63)
(0,63)
(0,63)
(0,63)
(0,63)
(0,63)
(0,63)
(0,63)
(0,63)
(0,63)

Adj
Adj
Adj
Adj
31
Adj
Adj
Adj
Adj
Adj
31
Adj
Adj
Adj
06
06

Remark
Horizontal Shift
Horizontal Parallelogram
Horizontal Bow
Vertical Linearity
Vertical Scroll
EW Width
EW Parabola/Width
EW Upper Corner Parabola
EW Lower Corner Parabola
EW Trapezium
Vertical Scope
Vertical Amplitude
S-Correction
Vertical Shift
Timing of Wide Blanking
Timing of Wide Blanking

S-Correction (SCOR)

Vertical Shift (VPOS)

Horizontal Shift (HPOS)

EW Width (HSIZ)

EW Parabola/Width (EWPW)

EW Trapezium (EWTZ)

EW Upper Coner Parabola (UCOP)
EW Lower Coner Parabola (LCOP)

Horizontal Parallelogram (HPAR)

– 26 –

IN

AV2
IN

CV
L
R

Lout

FBLK
TVout

B
R

Mode 1
CV
L
SCART 1 G R

12C

AV2

RGB

AV1

TVout

Audio Amp

30V

24.576MHz

5V

PLL

Key buttons

11.Xtalout

10.Xtalin

49.INL2

51.CVBS2/Y2

I/O port

SIRCS

Micro
Text
V-chip

NVM

LED

83.ABL

32.EHTO

66.AFC

67.HOUT

21.EWD

AUDIO MUTE 106
AUDIO STBY 105

DAC

SCARTHPL 62

Jungle

ROT CTRL 112
ROT SW 113

22.VD-

23.VD+

IK 84

RGBout 85 ~ 87

IIC Device

B-INT

A
D
C

8V

CISPR

DGC RELAY 115

5V

RGB

1.8V

POWER

STBY
3.3V

1.8V
RESET

YUV
Processor

ONE CHIP

Color
Decoder

VIF & SIF De-emphasis

39. MONO OUTL

77.SCARTFBL
64.CVBS0

78~80.RGB3

53.INL3

116.Mode 1
55.CVBS3

31.AGCout

99.SDA1

AGCin

SIF SAW

119.KEY

Front Input

VIF SAW

108,109,SCLO,SDAO

FSS TUNER

102.B INT

IF

122~3.RED LED,GREEN LED

– 27 –
97.SIRCS

AC in ~
220 ~ 240V 50Hz

stdby

mute

EHT, ABL

Hp

EW, Hd

V+, V-

IK

RGBout

On/Off

2ch

1ch

KB

8V

Hout

*Except 14"

KG

KR

ATT

feedback
Audio Amp

Pin out
H-drive
H-out

Rot. Cct*

V-out

RGB Amp

Relay

3.3/5V

R

30V

HP

(2 Spk model only)

3W

3W

+/-15V

DGC

+B line

HV

L

FBT

AUDIO VCC

MAIN
Power
Supper

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

SECTION 4
DIAGRAMS

4-1. BLOCK DIAGRAM
(MONO MODELS)

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100

4-2. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION

C board

A Board

4-3. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Note:
• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted.
• All electrolytic capacitors are rated at 50V unless otherwise noted.
• All resistors are in ohms.
kΩ = 1000Ω, MΩ = 1000kΩ
• Indication of resistance which does not have rating electrical
power is as follows.
Pitch: 5 mm
Rating electrical power 1/4W (CHIP: 1/10W)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

: nonflammable resistor.
: internal component.
: panel designation or adjustment for repair.
All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B
unless otherwise noted.
Readings are taken with a color-bar signal input.
Readings are taken with a 10 MΩ digital multimeter.
Voltage are dc with respect to ground unless otherwise
noted.
Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production
tolerances.
All voltage are in Volt.
✽
: Cannot be measured.
Circled numbers are waveform references.
: B +bus.
: B –bus.
k : signal path.
¢

Reference information
RESISTOR
: RN
: RC
: FPRD
: FUSE
: RS
: RB
: RW
:✽
COIL
: LF-8L
CAPACITOR : TA
: PS
: PP
: PT
: MPS
: MPP
: ALB
: ALT
: ALR

Note: The reference number which starts with Wxxx
(eg: W003) indicates a wire to wire connection.
Note: Components marked as XX are not fitted on this
model.

– 28 –

Note:

METAL FILM
SOLID
NONFLAMMABLE CARBON
NONFLAMMABLE FUSIBLE
NONFLAMMABLE METAL OXIDE
NONFLAMMABLE CEMENT
NONFLAMMABLE WIREWOUND
ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
MICRO INDUCTOR
TANTALUM
STYROL
POLYPROPYLENE
MYLAR
METALIZED POLYESTER
METALIZED POLYPROPYLENE
BIPOLAR
HIGH TEMPERATURE
HIGH RIPPLE

The component identified by shading and mark
! are critical for safety. Replace only with part
number specified.

Note: “A” board schematic diagram is divided into 6 blocks.
Each block is named by its function and block “alphabet”.
eg: Processor (Block A)
Joint connection between boards can be identified using
the block alphabet followed by sequence numbering.
eg: -

REF NO. PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

C052
C053

1-162-964-11
1-164-227-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

0.001UF 10.00% 50V
0.022UF 10.00% 25V

C054
C055
C056
C057
C058

1-107-826-11
1-136-167-00
1-126-933-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-964-11

CERAMIC CHIP
FILM
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

0.1UF
0.15UF
100UF
0.01UF
0.001UF

10.00%
5.00%
20.00%
10.00%
10.00%

16V
50V
16V
25V
50V

C060
C061
C062
C063
C064

1-107-826-11
1-162-966-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-126-961-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT

0.1UF
0.0022UF
0.1UF
0.1UF
2.2UF

10.00%
10.00%
10.00%
10.00%
20.00%

16V
50V
16V
16V
50V

C065
C067
C069
C070
C072

1-126-962-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-162-970-11

ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

3.3UF
0.1UF
0.1UF
0.1UF
0.01UF

20.00%
10.00%
10.00%
10.00%
10.00%

50V
16V
16V
16V
25V

C001
C002
C003
C004
C005

1-162-927-11
1-126-935-11
1-162-927-11
1-126-933-11
1-126-933-11

CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT

100PF
470UF
100PF
100UF
100UF

5.00%
20.00%
5.00%
20.00%
20.00%

50V
16V
50V
16V
16V

C073
C077
C078
C080
C081

1-126-961-11
1-165-176-11
1-162-927-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11

ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

2.2UF
0.047UF
100PF
0.001UF
0.001UF

20.00%
10.00%
5.00%
10.00%
10.00%

50V
16V
50V
50V
50V

C006
C008
C010
C012
C013

1-126-933-11
1-126-947-11
1-164-315-11
1-127-715-91
1-126-933-11

ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT

100UF
47UF
470PF
0.22UF
100UF

20.00%
20.00%
5.00%
10%
20.00%

16V
25V
50V
16V
16V

C089
C090
C091
C092
C093

1-162-964-11
1-162-927-11
1-162-927-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

0.001UF
100PF
100PF
0.1UF
0.1UF

10.00%
5.00%
5.00%
10.00%
10.00%

50V
50V
50V
16V
16V

C014
C018
C020
C021
C022

1-127-715-91
1-127-715-91
1-107-826-11
1-162-927-11
1-127-715-91

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

0.22UF
0.22UF
0.1UF
100PF
0.22UF

10%
10%
10.00%
5.00%
10%

16V
16V
16V
50V
16V

C094
C095
C096
C100
C101

1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-162-964-11
1-126-933-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT

0.1UF
0.1UF
0.1UF
0.001UF
100UF

10.00%
10.00%
10.00%
10.00%
20.00%

16V
16V
16V
50V
16V

C023
C024
C025
C026
C028

1-125-891-11
1-126-965-91
1-127-715-91
1-126-947-11
1-107-826-11

CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP

0.47UF
22UF
0.22UF
47UF
0.1UF

10.00%
20.00%
10%
20.00%
10.00%

10V
50V
16V
25V
16V

C102
C104
C107
C108
C109

1-162-923-11
1-162-923-11
1-126-935-11
1-126-935-11
1-162-968-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP

47PF
47PF
470UF
470UF
0.0047UF

5.00%
5.00%
20.00%
20.00%
10.00%

50V
50V
16V
16V
50V

C029
C030
C031
C036
C037

1-126-965-91
1-127-715-91
1-126-965-91
1-126-933-11
1-126-963-11

ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT

22UF
0.22UF
22UF
100UF
4.7UF

20.00%
10%
20.00%
20.00%
20.00%

50V
16V
50V
16V
50V

C112
C116
C118
C119
C120

1-163-021-91
1-162-968-11
1-126-965-91
1-163-021-91
1-126-935-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT

0.01UF
0.0047UF
22UF
0.01UF
470UF

10.00%
10.00%
20.00%
10.00%
20.00%

50V
50V
50V
50V
16V

C038
C041
C042
C044
C046

1-107-826-11
1-162-968-11
1-127-715-91
1-164-505-11
1-162-969-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

0.1UF
0.0047UF
0.22UF
2.2UF
0.0068UF

10.00% 16V
10.00% 50V
10%
16V
16V
10.00% 25V

C136
C137
C139
C200
C203

1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-970-11
1-127-715-91
1-162-970-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

0.001UF
0.001UF
0.01UF
0.22UF
0.01UF

10.00%
10.00%
10.00%
10%
10.00%

50V
50V
25V
16V
25V

C048
C049
C050

1-127-715-91
1-164-227-11
1-126-964-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT

0.22UF 10%
16V
0.022UF 10.00% 25V
10UF
20.00% 50V

C204
C206
C209

1-130-495-00
1-164-227-11
1-126-961-11

MYLAR
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT

0.1UF
5.00% 50V
0.022UF 10.00% 25V
2.2UF
20.00% 50V

– 51 –

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

REF NO. PART NO.

C210
C211

1-126-968-11
1-126-963-11

ELECT
ELECT

100UF
4.7UF

20.00% 50V
20.00% 50V

C653
C654

1-102-228-00
1-102-228-00

C212
C213
C217
C218
C219

1-126-942-61
1-115-339-11
1-126-942-61
1-126-965-91
1-126-934-11

ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT

1000UF
0.1UF
1000UF
22UF
220UF

20.00%
10.00%
20.00%
20.00%
20.00%

25V
50V
25V
50V
16V

C657
C660
C662
C665
C666

C220
C223
C232
C234
C300

1-126-964-11
1-128-549-11
1-137-374-11
1-164-315-11
1-127-715-91

ELECT
ELECT
MYLAR
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

10UF
3300UF
0.047UF
470PF
0.22UF

20.00%
20.00%
5.00%
5.00%
10%

50V
35V
50V
50V
16V

C301
C302
C303
C304
C308

1-164-315-11
1-164-505-11
1-126-933-11
1-126-933-11
1-162-970-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP

470PF
2.2UF
100UF
100UF
0.01UF

5.00%

50V
16V
20.00% 16V
20.00% 16V
10.00% 25V

C311
C312
C313
C316
C317

1-126-961-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
1-125-891-11
1-126-934-11

ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT

2.2UF
0.001UF
0.001UF
0.47UF
220UF

20.00%
10.00%
10.00%
10.00%
20.00%

50V
50V
50V
10V
16V

C318
C319
C320
C321
C322

1-107-826-11
1-162-923-11
1-162-923-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-964-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

0.1UF
47PF
47PF
0.01UF
0.001UF

10.00%
5.00%
5.00%
10.00%
10.00%

16V
50V
50V
25V
50V

C323
C325
C328
C600
C602

1-162-964-11
1-164-227-11
1-162-970-11
! 1-119-895-51
! 1-165-538-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC
MYLAR

0.001UF
0.022UF
0.01UF
4700PF
0.1UF

10.00%
10.00%
10.00%
20.00%
10

50V
25V
25V
250V
275V

C605
C606
C609
C610
C611

1-161-830-00
1-161-830-00
1-161-830-00
1-161-830-00
1-117-751-11

CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
ELECT(BLOCK)

0.0047UF
0.0047UF
0.0047UF
0.0047UF
220UF

99%
99%
99%
99%
20.00%

C612
C616
C619
C621
C622

1-125-893-11
1-164-230-11
1-130-491-00
1-126-963-11
! 1-119-894-51

FILM
CERAMIC CHIP
MYLAR
ELECT
CERAMIC

680PF
220PF
0.047UF
4.7UF
2200PF

C623
C624
C625
C626
C628

1-162-966-11
1-126-967-11
! 1-127-942-51
1-102-228-00
1-125-772-91

CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
CERAMIC

C630
C632
C634
C635
C637

1-128-549-11
1-126-953-11
1-126-941-11
1-126-971-11
1-126-933-11

C638
C639
C641
C643
C644
C647
C649
C652

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

CERAMIC
CERAMIC

470PF
470PF

10.00% 500V
10.00% 500V

! 1-127-942-51
! 1-165-539-11
1-107-826-11
1-110-626-11
! 1-165-538-11

CERAMIC
MYLAR
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
MYLAR

330PF
0.22UF
0.1UF
330UF
0.1UF

10%
10
10.00%
20.00%
10

C668
C670
C672
C678
C680

1-126-933-11
! 1-127-942-51
1-162-970-11
1-164-505-11
1-164-315-11

ELECT
CERAMIC
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

100UF
330PF
0.01UF
2.2UF
470PF

20.00% 16V
10%
250V
10.00% 25V
16V
5.00% 50V

C682
C685
C805
C806
C807

1-115-466-91
1-126-934-11
1-126-960-11
1-106-375-12
1-162-964-11

ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
MYLAR
CERAMIC CHIP

1000UF
220UF
1UF
0.022UF
0.001UF

20.00%
20.00%
20.00%
99%
10.00%

16V
16V
50V
200V
50V

C808
C809
C810
C811
C822

1-102-244-00
1-162-964-11
1-162-318-11
1-126-933-11
1-162-970-11

CERAMIC
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP

220PF
0.001UF
0.001UF
100UF
0.01UF

10.00%
10.00%
10.00%
20.00%
10.00%

500V
50V
500V
16V
25V

C825
C826
C828
C830
C831

1-162-970-11
1-164-227-11
1-126-933-11
1-162-970-11
1-107-826-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

0.01UF
0.022UF
100UF
0.01UF
0.1UF

10.00%
10.00%
20.00%
10.00%
10.00%

25V
25V
16V
25V
16V

C832
C833
C835
C836
C837

1-164-230-11
1-107-826-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-131-11
1-162-968-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC
CERAMIC CHIP

220PF
0.1UF
0.01UF
220PF
0.0047UF

5.00%
10.00%
10.00%
10.00%
10.00%

50V
16V
25V
2KV
50V

500V
500V
500V
500V
450V

C838
C839
C840
C841
C842

1-106-220-00
1-162-966-11
! 1-117-645-11
1-117-661-71
1-100-123-21

MYLAR
CERAMIC CHIP
FILM
FILM
FILM

0.1UF
0.0022UF
11000PF
0.15UF
0.033UF

10.00%
10.00%
3.00%
5.00%
5%

100V
50V
1.2KV
250V
400V

3.00%
5.00%
5.00%
20.00%
20.00%

1.5KV
50V
50V
50V
250V

C844
C845
C846
C847
C848

1-165-176-11
1-162-964-11
1-117-767-91
1-107-364-11
1-107-364-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC
MYLAR
MYLAR

0.047UF
0.001UF
330PF
0.01UF
0.01UF

10.00%
10.00%
10.00%
10.00%
10.00%

16V
50V
2KV
200V
200V

0.0022UF
47UF
330PF
470PF
1500PF

10.00%
20.00%
10%
10.00%
10.00%

50V
50V
250V
500V
2KV

C849
C850
C851
C852
C854

1-106-375-12
1-106-220-00
1-107-675-11
1-117-664-11
1-126-948-11

MYLAR
MYLAR
ELECT
FILM
ELECT

0.022UF
0.1UF
1UF
0.27UF
100UF

99%
10.00%
20.00%
5.00%
20.00%

200V
100V
450V
250V
35V

ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT

3300UF
2200UF
470UF
470UF
100UF

20.00%
20.00%
20.00%
20.00%
20.00%

35V
35V
25V
50V
16V

C855
C857
C858
C860
C861

1-107-894-11
1-104-666-11
1-137-194-81
1-162-318-11
1-104-666-11

ELECT
ELECT
FILM
CERAMIC
ELECT

220UF
220UF
0.47UF
0.001UF
220UF

20.00%
20.00%
5.00%
10.00%
20.00%

35V
25V
50V
500V
25V

1-126-933-11
1-126-933-11
1-126-933-11
1-125-891-11
1-164-315-11

ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

100UF
100UF
100UF
0.47UF
470PF

20.00%
20.00%
20.00%
10.00%
5.00%

16V
16V
16V
10V
50V

C862
C863
C867
C868
C869

1-162-318-11
1-165-176-11
1-165-441-81
1-102-228-00
1-107-654-11

CERAMIC
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC
ELECT

0.001UF
0.047UF
33UF
470PF
33UF

10.00%
10.00%
20%
10.00%
20.00%

500V
16V
160V
500V
250V

1-126-935-11
1-126-933-11
1-102-228-00

ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC

470UF
100UF
470PF

20.00% 16V
20.00% 16V
10.00% 500V

C876
C877
C878

1-162-964-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

0.001UF 10.00% 50V
0.01UF 10.00% 25V
0.01UF 10.00% 25V

– 52 –

250V
275V
16V
160V
275V

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A

REF NO. PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

C882
C904

1-106-363-00
1-126-957-11

MYLAR
ELECT

0.0068UF 99%
200V
0.22UF 20.00% 50V

C908
C909
C914
C915
C917

1-164-346-11
1-164-346-11
1-162-959-11
1-162-959-11
1-162-959-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

1UF
1UF
330PF
330PF
330PF

5.00%
5.00%
5.00%

16V
16V
50V
50V
50V

C918
C923
C940
C947
C952

1-164-346-11
1-126-947-11
1-164-315-11
1-164-315-11
1-107-826-11

CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

1UF
47UF
470PF
470PF
0.1UF

20.00%
5.00%
5.00%
10.00%

16V
25V
50V
50V
16V

C953
C955
C956
C967
C972

1-107-826-11
1-127-715-91
1-126-933-11
1-164-505-11
1-162-964-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

0.1UF
0.22UF
100UF
2.2UF
0.001UF

10.00% 16V
10%
16V
20.00% 16V
16V
10.00% 50V

C973
C975
C976
C1019
C1233

1-126-964-11
1-162-964-11
1-126-935-11
1-127-715-91
1-126-961-11

ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT

10UF
0.001UF
470UF
0.22UF
2.2UF

20.00%
10.00%
20.00%
10%
20.00%

50V
50V
16V
16V
50V

C2602
C2631
C2636
C2648

1-102-114-00
1-102-228-00
1-126-972-11
1-126-952-11

CERAMIC
CERAMIC
ELECT
ELECT

470PF
470PF
1000UF
1000UF

10.00%
10.00%
20.00%
20.00%

50V
500V
50V
35V

REF NO. PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

D074
D075
D101

8-719-081-97
8-719-069-60
8-719-066-11

MMDL914T1
UDZSTE-179.1B
1PS184-115

D103
D107
D107
D107
D108

8-759-157-40
8-719-074-43
8-719-081-97
8-719-404-50
8-719-069-55

UPC574J
BAS316-115
MMDL914T1
MA111-TX
DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B

D109
D200
D201
D202
D203

8-719-069-55
8-719-062-51
8-719-081-97
8-719-081-97
8-719-081-97

DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
1PS226-115
MMDL914T1
MMDL914T1
MMDL914T1

D204
D205
D208
D211
D212

8-719-081-97
8-719-081-97
8-719-081-97
8-719-062-51
8-719-081-97

MMDL914T1
MMDL914T1
MMDL914T1
1PS226-115
MMDL914T1

D213
D214
D600
D602
D603

8-719-081-97
8-719-081-97
8-719-081-97
6-500-481-31
6-500-481-31

MMDL914T1
MMDL914T1
MMDL914T1
DIODE AM01AV1
DIODE AM01AV1

D604
D605
D617
D618
D619

8-719-077-77
8-719-109-85
6-500-567-11
8-719-063-70
6-500-567-11

D3SB60F3
RD5.1ESB2
DIODE 10ERB20-TA2B5
D1NL20U
DIODE 10ERB20-TA2B5

D621
D622
D623
D624
D629

8-719-312-10
8-719-085-37
6-500-567-31
8-719-510-73
8-719-109-85

RU4AM-T3
11EQS10-TB5
DIODE 10ERB20-TB3
S3L20UF4
RD5.1ESB2

D633
D635
D637
D638
D639

8-719-923-86
8-719-157-97
8-719-072-70
8-719-081-97
8-719-027-22

MTZJ-T-77-15
RD3.6SB
MA2ZD14001S0
MMDL914T1
D3S6M-F

D804
D805
D807
D808
D809

8-719-991-33
8-719-991-33
8-719-991-33
8-719-991-33
8-719-991-33

1SS133T-77
1SS133T-77
1SS133T-77
1SS133T-77
1SS133T-77

D815
D816
D817
D818
D819

8-719-069-60
8-719-081-00
8-719-979-85
8-719-109-85
6-500-567-31

UDZSTE-179.1B
DIODE BY228/A52A/
EGP20G
RD5.1ESB2
DIODE 10ERB20-TB3

D820
D821
D823
D824
D827

8-719-908-03
6-500-567-31
8-719-302-43
8-719-302-43
8-719-302-43

GP08D
DIODE 10ERB20-TB3
EL1Z
EL1Z
EL1Z

D829
D830
D903
D904
D911

8-719-069-55
8-719-081-97
8-719-069-55
8-719-069-55
8-719-069-55

DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
MMDL914T1
DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B

D912
D913
D914

8-719-069-55
8-719-069-55
8-719-083-18

DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
DIODE SPB-25MVWF


CN005 *
CN202 *
CN601 *
CN602 *
CN603*!

1-564-506-11
1-564-506-11
1-691-134-11
1-580-843-11
1-508-786-13

CN902
1-794-656-11
CN904 * 1-564-508-11

PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P
PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P
PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 2P
PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER)
PIN, CONNECTOR (5MM PITCH) 2P
CONNECTOR, SCART 21P
PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P


D002
D003
D023
D024
D025

8-719-081-97
8-719-081-97
8-719-069-60
8-719-069-60
8-719-069-60

MMDL914T1
MMDL914T1
UDZSTE-179.1B
UDZSTE-179.1B
UDZSTE-179.1B

D054
D055
D056
D057
D058

8-719-069-55
8-719-069-55
8-719-081-97
8-719-081-97
8-719-081-97

DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
MMDL914T1
MMDL914T1
MMDL914T1

D059
D060
D061
D062
D063

8-719-081-97
8-719-069-54
8-719-081-97
8-719-069-55
8-719-081-97

MMDL914T1
UDZSTE-175.1B
MMDL914T1
DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
MMDL914T1

D064
D065
D066
D068
D071

8-719-069-55
8-719-069-55
8-719-908-03
8-719-069-55
8-719-081-97

DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
GP08D
DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
MMDL914T1

D072
D072

8-719-081-97
8-719-404-50

MMDL914T1
MA111-TX

– 53 –

REMARK

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

D915
D918

8-719-069-55
8-719-069-55

DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B

REMARK

JR012
JR013

1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP

0
0

D920
D927
D928
D930
D931

8-719-069-55
8-719-069-55
8-719-069-60
8-719-069-55
8-719-157-97

DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
UDZSTE-179.1B
DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
RD3.6SB

JR014
JR015
JR016
JR017
JR018

1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP

0
0
0
0
0

D932
D933
D933
D933
D2625

8-719-157-97
6-500-028-01
8-719-069-60
8-719-070-62
8-719-510-73

RD3.6SB
DIODE MM3Z9V1ST1
UDZSTE-179.1B
DIODE PDZ9.1B-115
S3L20UF4

JR019
JR020
JR021
JR024
JR025

1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP

0
0
0
0
0

JR026
JR027
JR036
JR037
JR038

1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP

0
0
0
0
0

JR040
JR041
JR050
JR051
JR093

1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP

0
0
0
0
0

JR096
JR097
JR098
JR111
JR112

1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP

0
0
0
0
0



JR200
JR300
JR600
JR601
JR602

1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP

0
0
0
0
0


DY800 * 1-580-798-11

CONNECTOR PIN (DY) 6P


F600

! 1-576-232-21

FUSE

5A

250V

5A

REF NO. PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK


FB001
FB603
FB608
FB800
FB2602

1-410-397-21
1-410-397-21
1-412-911-31
1-410-397-21
1-410-397-21

FERRITE
FERRITE
FERRITE
FERRITE
FERRITE

FH603

1-533-725-11

FUSE HOLDER

1.1UH
1.1UH
0UH
1.1UH
1.1UH
0A

0V

IC001
IC002
IC003
IC200
IC601

6-703-512-01
6-704-532-01
8-759-678-07
6-703-474-01
6-704-263-01

IC TDA11020H/N1A000AK
RPM7240-H5
CAT24WC16JI-TE1
IC AN17804A
IC STR-F6267S LF1357

JR800
JR805
JR901
JR902
JR903

1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP

0
0
0
0
0

IC602
IC603
IC604
IC605
IC606

6-703-479-01
6-703-478-01
8-759-231-53
6-705-063-01
8-759-445-59

IC PQ09RD1SJ00H
IC PQ018EF01SZH
TA7805S
IC SE135N-LF38
BA033T

JR904
JR905
JR906
JR907
JR1011

1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP

0
0
0
0
0

IC607
IC801
IC802
IC804

8-759-832-05
6-703-708-01
6-701-937-01
6-703-470-01

IC BA18BC0FP-E2
IC LM2903DT
IC TJM4558CDT
IC STV9302A

JR1100
JR1101
JR1107
JR1108
JR1902

1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP

0
0
0
0
0



JR1903
JR1907

1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP

0
0

J200
J909

1-770-786-22
1-779-205-11

JACK
JACK, PIN 2P



JR001
JR002
JR003
JR004
JR005

1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP

0
0
0
0
0

JR006
JR008
JR009

1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP

0
0
0

L003
L004
L005
L006
L007

1-414-856-11
1-414-187-11
1-414-856-11
1-414-856-11
1-414-856-11

INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR

10UH
47UH
10UH
10UH
10UH

L008
L009
L010
L011
L012

1-414-856-11
1-414-856-11
1-469-525-91
1-469-525-91
1-412-058-11

INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR

10UH
10UH
10UH
10UH
10UH

– 54 –

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A

REF NO. PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

REF NO. PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

L013
L031
L032
L033
L035

1-469-525-91
1-469-525-91
1-469-525-91
1-469-525-91
1-469-525-91

INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR

10UH
10UH
10UH
10UH
10UH

Q807
Q808
Q814
Q903
Q908

8-729-010-05
8-729-053-33
8-729-010-25
8-729-010-05
8-729-424-67

MSB709-RT1
IRF614-037
MSD601-RT1
MSB709-RT1
UN2216

L036
L037
L100
L104
L106

1-469-525-91
1-469-525-91
1-414-857-11
1-410-989-11
1-414-187-11

INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR

10UH
10UH
100UH
0.47UH
47UH

Q909
Q910
Q911
Q912
Q913

8-729-424-67
8-729-010-25
8-729-010-25
8-729-421-22
8-729-421-22

UN2216
MSD601-RT1
MSD601-RT1
UN2211
UN2211

L600
L601
L602
L800

1-412-533-21
1-412-533-21
1-412-529-11
1-424-795-11

INDUCTOR
47UH
INDUCTOR
47UH
INDUCTOR
22UH
COIL, HORIZONTAL LINEARITY

Q8009
Q8010

8-729-200-17
8-729-140-50

2SA1091-O
2SC3209LK

L802
L803
L805
L900
L901

1-406-679-11
1-414-493-41
1-408-947-00
1-469-525-91
1-412-001-31

INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR

22MH
4.7MH
2.2MH
10UH
3.9UH

L902
L903
L904
L905
L906

1-414-187-11
1-410-993-42
1-410-993-42
1-410-993-42
1-410-993-42

INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR

47UH
1UH
1UH
1UH
1UH

L2601

1-412-525-31

INDUCTOR

10UH

REMARK




PH600 ! 6-600-187-01

PHOTO COUPLER PC123Y22JOOF


PS602 !
PS603 !
PS604
PS605 !
PS2601 !

1-533-597-41
1-533-597-41
1-533-597-41
1-533-597-41
1-533-597-41

IC LINK
IC LINK
IC LINK
IC LINK
IC LINK

5A
5A
5A
5A
5A

90V
90V
90V
90V
90V

R001
R002
R003
R004
R010

1-216-829-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-833-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

4.7K
100
4.7K
100
10K

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R011
R012
R014
R015
R018

1-216-821-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-823-11
1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

1K
2.2K
100
1.5K
100

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R020
R023
R024
R025
R026

1-216-809-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

100
2.2K
100
100
100

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R029
R030
R038
R039
R041

1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

100
100
100
100
100

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R042
R044
R045
R046
R048

1-216-825-11
1-216-834-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

2.2K
12K
100
100
100

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R051
R056
R058
R060
R061

1-218-885-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-819-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

39K
100
100
100
680

0.5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R087
R088
R096
R097
R098

1-216-813-11
1-216-816-11
1-216-813-11
1-216-813-11
1-216-813-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

220
390
220
220
220

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R099
R115
R116
R121
R122

1-216-813-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-215-925-11
1-216-825-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL OXIDE
METAL CHIP

220
100
100
22K
2.2K

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
3W
1/10W

R124
R125
R128
R130
R142

1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-825-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

2.2K
2.2K
0
100
2.2K

5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W

5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W

R150
R152

1-216-809-11
1-218-713-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

100
7.5K

5%
0.5%

1/10W
1/10W


Q001
Q006
Q007
Q008
Q013

8-729-421-22
8-729-424-67
8-729-424-67
8-729-010-25
8-729-010-25

UN2211
UN2216
UN2216
MSD601-RT1
MSD601-RT1

Q016
Q105
Q106
Q200
Q201

8-729-421-22
8-729-424-67
8-729-424-67
8-729-421-22
8-729-010-05

UN2211
UN2216
UN2216
UN2211
MSB709-RT1

Q202
Q206
Q601
Q605
Q608

8-729-010-05
8-729-421-22
8-729-010-25
6-550-572-01
8-729-010-25

MSB709-RT1
UN2211
MSD601-RT1
TRANSISTOR FN155
MSD601-RT1

Q609
Q803
Q804
Q805
Q806

8-729-010-25
8-729-140-50
8-729-200-17
6-550-410-01
8-729-010-25

MSD601-RT1
2SC3209LK
2SA1091-O
TRANSISTOR 2SC5885
MSD601-RT1

– 55 –

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A
REF NO. PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

R154
R203
R204

1-216-864-11
1-216-823-11
1-216-833-11

SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

0
1.5K
10K

R205
R207
R210
R212
R213

1-218-867-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-835-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP

R214
R215
R216
R217
R218

1-216-835-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-249-411-11
1-216-295-91

R219
R220
R221
R235
R236

REF NO. PART NO.

5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W

6.8K
3.3K
22K
0
15K

5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

5%

1/10W

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
CARBON
SHORT CHIP

15K
10K
10K
330
0

5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W

1-249-411-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-821-11
1-249-401-11
1-216-833-11

CARBON
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
CARBON
METAL CHIP

330
0
1K
47
10K

5%

1/4W

5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/4W
1/10W

R239
R240
R241
R242
R300

1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

100
0
2.2K
2.2K
100

5%

1/10W

5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R301
R303
R304
R307
R309

1-216-861-11
1-216-861-11
1-216-855-11
1-216-855-11
1-216-857-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

2.2M
2.2M
680K
680K
1M

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R310
R311
R312
R313
R314

1-216-821-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-847-11
1-218-867-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

1K
47K
1M
150K
6.8K

5%
5%
5%
5%
0.5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R315
R317
R320
R322
R323

1-218-867-11
1-216-827-11
1-218-863-11
1-218-863-11
1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

6.8K
3.3K
4.7K
4.7K
100

0.5%
5%
0.5%
0.5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R324
R331
R336
R337
R338

1-216-825-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-829-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

2.2K
100
4.7K
470
4.7K

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R339
R340
R341
R355
R356

1-216-809-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-871-11
1-216-864-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP

100
10K
100
10K
0

5%
5%
5%
0.5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R360
R363
R364
R379
R380

1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-843-11
1-216-809-11

SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

0
0
1K
68K
100

5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R384
R385
R386
R392
R393

1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

100
100
100
10K
100

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R394
R395
R400

1-216-829-11
1-216-845-11
1-260-288-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
CARBON

4.7K
100K
0.47

5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/2W

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

R401
R405

1-260-288-11
1-260-288-11

CARBON
CARBON

0.47
0.47

5%
5%

1/2W
1/2W

R406
R411
R412
R413
R414

1-260-127-11
1-214-909-00
1-214-773-00
1-215-457-00
1-260-336-11

CARBON
METAL
METAL
METAL
CARBON

220K
68K
68K
33K
4.7K

5%
1%
1%
1%
5%

1/2W
1/2W
1/4W
1/4W
1/2W

R416
R420
R421
R423
R424

1-260-107-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-899-11

CARBON
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP

4.7K
4.7K
10K
0
150K

5%
5%
5%

1/2W
1/10W
1/10W

0.5%

1/16W

R602
R609
R612
R619
R620

1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-215-429-00
1-216-363-21
1-216-363-21

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL
METAL OXIDE
METAL OXIDE

10K
10K
2.2K
0.33
0.33

5%
5%
1%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/4W
2W
2W

R621
R624
R625
R627
R631

1-249-409-11
1-215-429-00
1-216-864-11
1-249-385-11
1-249-425-11

CARBON
METAL
SHORT CHIP
CARBON
CARBON

220
2.2K
0
2.2
4.7K

5%
1%

1/4W
1/4W

5%
5%

1/4W
1/4W

R634
R635
R636
R639
R645

1-216-829-11
1-216-833-11
1-249-421-11
1-202-962-11
1-218-899-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
CARBON
CEMENTED
METAL CHIP

4.7K
10K
2.2K
3.3
150K

5%
5%
5%
5%
0.5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/4W
10W
1/16W

R646
R647
R650
R655
R656

1-218-851-11
1-216-821-11
! 1-240-917-91
1-216-809-11
1-249-381-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL
METAL CHIP
CARBON

1.5K
1K
8.2M
100
1

0.5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1W
1/10W
1/4W

R658
R659
R667
R668
R820

1-245-480-21
1-245-482-21
1-216-821-11
1-216-839-11
1-216-825-11

METAL
METAL
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

560K
680K
1K
33K
2.2K

1%
1%
5%
5%
5%

1/4W
1/4W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R821
R822
R823
R824
R825

1-216-837-11
1-249-418-11
1-245-468-21
1-216-839-11
1-243-608-71

METAL CHIP
CARBON
METAL
METAL CHIP
METAL OXIDE

22K
1.2K
180K
33K
1.5K

5%
5%
1%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/4W
1/4W
1/10W
3W

R826
R827
R828
R829
R830

1-247-891-00
1-216-317-71
1-243-608-71
1-243-606-71
1-260-332-51

CARBON
METAL OXIDE
METAL OXIDE
METAL OXIDE
CARBON

330K
1.5
1.5K
1K
2.2K

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/4W
2W
3W
3W
1/2W

R831
R833
R834
R835
R838

1-216-829-11
1-260-125-11
1-245-468-21
1-260-125-11
1-216-838-11

METAL CHIP
CARBON
METAL
CARBON
METAL CHIP

4.7K
150K
180K
150K
27K

5%
5%
1%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/2W
1/4W
1/2W
1/10W

R839
R843
R844
R846
R847

1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-867-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-833-11

SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

0
0
6.8K
2.2K
10K

5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R851
R852
R853

1-216-821-11
1-218-871-11
1-218-859-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

1K
10K
3.3K

5%
0.5%
0.5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

– 56 –

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A

REF NO. PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

REF NO. PART NO.

R854
R855

1-218-877-11
1-216-864-11

METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP

18K
0

0.5%

1/10W

R856
R859
R861
R864
R865

1-218-871-11
1-218-883-11
1-216-825-11
1-218-865-11
1-216-821-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

10K
33K
2.2K
5.6K
1K

0.5%
0.5%
5%
0.5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R866
R868
R869
R870
R871

1-218-895-11
1-249-393-11
1-249-381-11
1-218-855-11
1-243-692-71

METAL CHIP
CARBON
CARBON
METAL CHIP
METAL OXIDE

100K
10
1
2.2K
220

0.5%
5%
5%
0.5%
5%

1/10W
1/4W
1/4W
1/10W
1W

R872
R873
R876
R877
R878

1-216-864-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-833-11
1-218-895-11
1-216-349-00

SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL OXIDE

0
47K
10K
100K
1

5%
5%
0.5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1W

R879
R880
R881
R882
R883

1-245-470-21
1-245-470-21
1-218-867-11
1-216-825-11
1-249-421-11

METAL
METAL
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
CARBON

220K
220K
6.8K
2.2K
2.2K

1%
1%
0.5%
5%
5%

1/4W
1/4W
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W

R887
R888
R889
R890
R891

1-216-837-11
1-218-887-11
1-243-531-71
1-215-910-00
1-249-385-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL OXIDE
METAL OXIDE
CARBON

22K
47K
100
68
2.2

5%
0.5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
3W
3W
1/4W

R893
R895
R907
R908
R918

1-218-867-11
1-218-855-11
1-216-840-11
1-216-840-11
1-216-805-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

6.8K
2.2K
39K
39K
47

0.5%
0.5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R920
R921
R922
R925
R926

1-216-849-11
1-216-849-11
1-218-285-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

220K
220K
75
100
100

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R927
R928
R929
R930
R940

1-216-809-11
1-218-285-11
1-218-285-11
1-218-285-11
1-216-849-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

100
75
75
75
220K

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R945
R947
R949
R951
R952

1-216-833-11
1-216-839-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-021-00
1-216-821-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP

10K
33K
10K
68
1K

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R953
R954
R957
R967
R993

1-216-853-11
1-216-821-11
1-218-285-11
1-216-853-11
1-216-817-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

470K
1K
75
470K
470

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R1201
R2646
R2647
R8009
R8010

1-216-853-11
1-249-381-11
1-249-429-11
1-218-867-11
1-245-464-21

METAL CHIP
CARBON
CARBON
METAL CHIP
METAL

470K
1
10K
6.8K
120K

5%
5%
5%
5%
1%

1/10W
1/4W
1/4W
1/10W
1/4W

R8011
R8012
R8013
R9013
R9021

1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
1-245-462-21
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

47K
47K
100K
100
100

5%
5%
1%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/4W
1/10W
1/10W

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

R9023
R9025
R9027
R9034
R9035

1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-838-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

100
100
27K
100
100

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R9036
R9037
R9039
R9040
R9041

1-216-864-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11

SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

0
100
0
1M
1M

5%

1/10W

5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W

R9042
R9043
R9044
R9045
R9046

1-216-827-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-825-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

3.3K
1K
470
100
2.2K

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W

R9047
R9051
R9052
R9053
R9057

1-216-833-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-285-11
1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

10K
0
0
75
100

5%

1/10W

5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W

R9062

1-249-417-11

CARBON

1K

5%

1/4W


RY600 ! 1-755-198-12

RELAY, AC POWER


S600
S800

! 1-571-433-31
1-572-707-11

SWF100
SWF101

1-579-273-11
1-767-873-11

SWITCH, PUSH (AC POWER)
SWITCH, LEVER

FILTER, SURFACE WAVE
FILTER, SURFACE WAVE


T600
T602
T603
T800
T802

! 1-456-354-11
! 1-439-692-11
! 1-456-354-11
1-435-374-11
! 1-453-309-21

LINE FILTER COIL
CONVERTER TRANSFORMER (SRT)
LINE FILTER COIL
TRANSFORMER, FERRITE (HDT)
TRANSFORMER ASSY FLY BACK
(NX-4450//M3A4)


THP600! 1-804-530-11

THERMISTOR, POSITIVE


TP02
TP03
TP04
TP601

1-536-354-00
1-536-354-00
1-536-354-00
1-536-354-00

POST PIN
POST PIN
POST PIN
POST PIN


VDR600

1-804-995-11

VARISTOR


X001

– 57 –

1-795-839-21

QUARTZ CRYSTAL UNIT

KV-14CT1B/14CT1U/14CT1E/14CT1K
RM-W100
The components identified by shading
and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

A C
REF NO. PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

REF NO. PART NO.

DESCRIPTION


VARIANT PARTS LIST
L780


SWF102

1-767-083-11

8-598-623-00

TU101

8-598-624-00

TUNER, FSS BTP-AC421
(KV-14CT1B/1E/1K)
TUNER, FSS BTP-AU621
(KV-14CT1U)

* A-1405-473-A MOUNTED PWB, C
*****************
SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+)

C751
C752
C754
C781
C782

1-107-961-91
1-115-350-51
1-107-651-11
1-107-960-11
1-102-074-00

ELECT
CERAMIC
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC

10UF
0.0047UF
4.7UF
4.7UF
0.001UF

20.00% 250V
2KV
20.00% 250V
20.00% 250V
10.00% 50V

C783
C786
C787

1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
1-164-645-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC

0.001UF 10.00% 50V
0.001UF 10.00% 50V
1000PF 10.00% 500V

INDUCTOR

22UH



*************************************************************************************************

4-382-854-01

1-410-667-31

FILTER, SURFACE WAVE (KV-14CT1B)


TU101

REMARK

R713
R752
R753
R754
R756

1-216-864-11
1-216-819-11
1-216-819-11
1-216-819-11
1-219-746-11

SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL

0
680
680
680
1K

5%
5%
5%
5%

1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/2W

R757
R758
R763
R764
R765

1-219-746-11
1-219-746-11
1-260-087-11
1-260-087-11
1-260-087-11

METAL
METAL
CARBON
CARBON
CARBON

1K
1K
100
100
100

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/2W
1/2W
1/2W
1/2W
1/2W

R773
R774
R780
R781
R783

1-260-132-11
1-215-912-11
1-260-131-11
1-243-949-71
1-260-087-11

CARBON
METAL OXIDE
CARBON
METAL OXIDE
CARBON

560K
150
470K
0.47
100

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/2W
3W
1/2W
2W
1/2W

R794
R795

1-249-377-11
1-260-352-11

CARBON
CARBON

0.47
100K

5%
5%

1/4W
1/2W


RV750

1-241-656-11

RES, ADJ, METAL FILM 110M

*************************************************************************************************

CN701 * 1-564-510-11
CN703 * 1-564-508-11
CN704
1-695-915-11
CN705
1-695-915-11

ACCESSORIES AND PACKING MATERIALS
***************************************

PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P
PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P
TAB (CONTACT)
TAB (CONTACT)



* 4-093-050-01
* 4-093-051-01
* 4-093-115-01

ANTENNA, LOOP (KV-14CT1U)
ANTENNA, TELESCOPIC
(KV-14CT1B/1E/1K)
CUSHION (PULP), UPPER
CUSHION (PULP), LOWER
INDIVIDUAL CARTON

* 4-206-555-01
4-093-927-12
4-093-927-72
4-093-927-22

BAG, PROTECTION
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-14CT1B)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-14CT1B)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-14CT1E)

* 4-093-927-32
4-093-927-42
4-093-927-62
4-093-927-52

MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-14CT1E)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-14CT1E)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-14CT1K)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-14CT1U)

D750
D754
D755
D756
D780

8-719-908-03
8-719-970-83
8-719-970-83
8-719-970-83
8-719-991-33

GP08D
HSS82-TJ
HSS82-TJ
HSS82-TJ
1SS133T-77

D781
D782

8-719-991-33
8-719-069-55

1SS133T-77
DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B

1-501-615-32
1-501-939-12


IC751

6-703-482-01

IC TDA6108AJF/N1

*************************************************************************************************
REMOTE COMMANDER
**********************


J751

! 1-451-544-11

SOCKET, CRT

1-477-861-11

STANDARDTYPE COMMANDER RM-W100

Sony Corporation
9-872-366-01

Sony Technology Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
Visual Products

– 58 –

English

 2003.8

01CoverKV21CT1B.fm Page 1 Thursday, July 3, 2003 12:07 PM

4-093-927-12(1)
R

FD Trinitron
Colour Television
Mode d’emploi

FR

Bedienungsanleitung

DE

Manuale d’Istruzioni

IT

Gebruiksaanwijzing

NL

KV-21CT1B
KV-14CT1B
© 2003 Sony Corporation

PDVWHUSDJH ULJKW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

Introduction
0HUFLG·DYRLUFKRLVLFHWpOpYLVHXUFRXOHXU6RQ\j(FUDQ3ODW)'7ULQLWURQ
$YDQWG·XWLOLVHUOHWpOpYLVHXUOLVH]DWWHQWLYHPHQWFHPDQXHOHWFRQVHUYH]OHSRXUYRXV\
UpIpUHUHQVXLWH

6\PEROHVXWLOLVpVGDQVFHPDQXHO


5HPDUTXHVLPSRUWDQWHV



,QIRUPDWLRQFRQFHUQDQWODIRQFWLRQ



 ,QVWUXFWLRQVjVXLYUH


/HVWRXFKHVQRLUHVGHOD
WpOpFRPPDQGHLQGLTXHQWVXUTXHOOHV
WRXFKHVDSSX\HUSRXUH[pFXWHUOHV
GLYHUVHVIRQFWLRQV
5pVXOWDWGHVLQVWUXFWLRQV

Table des matières
,QWURGXFWLRQ 
&RQVLJQHVGHVpFXULWp

Description générale
3UpVHQWDWLRQJpQpUDOHGHVWRXFKHVGHODWpOpFRPPDQGH 
3UpVHQWDWLRQJpQpUDOHGHVWRXFKHVGXWpOpYLVHXU  

Installation

FR

,QVHUWLRQGHVSLOHVGDQVODWpOpFRPPDQGH  
%UDQFKHPHQWGHO·DQWHQQHDPRYLEOH SRXU.9&7%XQLTXHPHQW  
%UDQFKHPHQWGHO·DQWHQQHH[WpULHXUHHWGXPDJQpWRVFRSH 

Première mise en service
0LVHVRXVWHQVLRQHWPpPRULVDWLRQDXWRPDWLTXHGHVFKDvQHVGXWpOpYLVHXU  

Système des menus
,QWURGXFWLRQDX6\VWqPHGHVPHQXVHWVRQXWLOLVDWLRQ 
,PDJH  
6RQ 
7HPSRULVDWLRQ 
5pJODJHGHVFKDvQHV  
5pJODJH  

Télétexte  
Informations complémentaires

&RQQH[LRQGHVpTXLSHPHQWVHQRSWLRQ  
8WLOLVDWLRQGHVpTXLSHPHQWVHQRSWLRQ  
6SpFLILFDWLRQV  
'pSDQQDJH  
/HVSULQFLSDX[pPHWWHXUVIUDQoDLV  

Table des matières

3

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

PDVWHUSDJH OHIW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

Consignes de sécurité

3RXUGHVUDLVRQVHQYLURQQHPHQWDOHVHW
GHVpFXULWpLOHVWUHFRPPDQGpGHQH
SDVODLVVHUOHWpOpYLVHXUHQYHLOOH
ORUVTXHYRXVQHO·XWLOLVH]SDV3RXUGHV
SpULRGHVSURORQJpHVG·LQXWLOLVDWLRQ
GpEUDQFKH]OHGHODSULVHGHFRXUDQW

1·LQWURGXLVH]MDPDLVDXFXQREMHWGDQV
OHWpOpYLVHXUDILQGHQHSDVULVTXHUXQ
FKRFpOHFWULTXH$VVXUH]YRXVGHQH
MDPDLVUHQYHUVHUGHOLTXLGHGDQV
O·DSSDUHLO6LXQOLTXLGHRXXQREMHW
SpQpWUDLWGDQVOHWpOpYLVHXU
GpEUDQFKH]OHSDUODSULVHVHFWHXUHW
QHO·XWLOLVH]SOXVDYDQWVDYpULILFDWLRQ
SDUOHVHUYLFHDSUqVYHQWH

1·RXYUH]SDVOHFDSRWHWOHERvWLHU
DUULqUHGXWpOpYLVHXU&RQWDFWH]
WRXMRXUVOHVHUYLFHDSUqVYHQWHHQFDV
GHSUREOqPH

3RXUYRWUHVpFXULWpQHWRXFKH]DXFXQH
SDUWLHGXWpOpYLVHXUFRUGRQVHFWHXURX
FkEOHG·DQWHQQHORUVG·XQRUDJH

3RXUpFDUWHUWRXWULVTXHG·LQFHQGLHRX
G·pOHFWURFXWLRQQ·H[SRVH]SDVOH
WpOpYLVHXUjO·KXPLGLWpRXjODSOXLH

1·REVWUXH]MDPDLVOHVRULILFHV
G·DpUDWLRQGXWpOpYLVHXU3RXUXQH
DpUDWLRQFRUUHFWHODLVVH]WRXMRXUVXQ
HVSDFHOLEUHG·DXPRLQVFPDXWRXU
GHO·DSSDUHLO VXUWRXWVLYRXV
O·HQFDVWUH]GDQVXQPHXEOH 

1HSRVH]MDPDLVOHWpOpYLVHXUGDQVXQ
HQGURLWFKDXGKXPLGHRXWURS
SRXVVLpUHX[1HO·LQVWDOOH]SDVGDQVXQ
HQGURLWRLOSRXUUDLWrWUHVRXPLVjGHV
YLEUDWLRQVPpFDQLTXHV

3RXUQHSDVULVTXHUXQLQFHQGLH
pORLJQH]GXWpOpYLVHXUWRXWREMHW
LQIODPPDEOHRXOXPLqUHLQFDQGHVFHQWH
SDUH[HPSOHGHVERXJLHV 

'pEUDQFKH]OHWpOpYLVHXUSDUODILFKH
G·DOLPHQWDWLRQ1HWLUH]SDVVXUOH
FRUGRQ

3UHQH]JDUGHGHQHSDVSODFHUGHV
REMHWVORXUGVVXUOHFRUGRQ
G·DOLPHQWDWLRQDILQGHQHSDV
O·HQGRPPDJHU
1RXVYRXVUHFRPPDQGRQVGHQHSDV
HQURXOHUGHFRUGRQWURSORQJDXWRXU
GHVVXSSRUWVjO·DUULqUHGXWpOpYLVHXU

&HPRGqOHIRQFWLRQQHXQLTXHPHQWVXU
WHQVLRQVHFWHXUGHYROWV1H
FRQQHFWH]SDVWURSG·DSSDUHLOVVXUOD
PrPHSULVHDILQGHQHSDVULVTXHUXQ
LQFHQGLHRXXQFKRFpOHFWULTXH

1HWWR\H]O·pFUDQHWOHFRIIUHWGHYRWUH
WpOpYLVHXUDYHFXQFKLIIRQGRX[
OpJqUHPHQWKXPLGH1·XWLOLVH]SDVGH
WDPSRQDEUDVLIG·DSSDUHLOGH
QHWWR\DJHDOFDOLQGHSRXGUH
UpFXUUHQWHRXGHVROYDQWFRPPHGH
O·DOFRROGXEHQ]LQHRXXQYDSRULVDWHXU
DQWLVWDWLTXH&RPPHSUpFDXWLRQGH
VpFXULWpQRXVYRXVUHFRPPDQGRQVGH
WRXMRXUVGpEUDQFKHUOHWpOpYLVHXUDYDQW
OHQHWWR\DJH

,QVWDOOH]OHWpOpYLVHXUVXUXQPHXEOH
VWDEOH1HSHUPHWWH]SDVDX[HQIDQWV
GHPRQWHUGHVVXV1HSODFH]SDVOH
WpOpYLVHXUVXUXQF{WpRXVXUODIDoDGH

4

Consignes de sécurité

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

'pEUDQFKH]OHWpOpYLVHXUGXFRXUDQW
VHFWHXUDYDQWGHOHGpSODFHU'·XQH
IDoRQJpQpUDOHSHQGDQWVRQWUDQVSRUW
pYLWH]OHVYLEUDWLRQVHWOHV
GpIRUPDWLRQV6LOHWpOpYLVHXUWRPEDLW
RXpWDLWHQGRPPDJpIDLWHVOHYpULILHU
LPPpGLDWHPHQWSDUOHVHUYLFHDSUqV
YHQWH

1HFRXYUH]SDVOHV]RQHVG·DpUDWLRQGX
WpOpYLVHXUDYHFGHVpOpPHQWVWHOVTXH
GHVULGHDX[GHVMRXUQDX[HWF

PDVWHUSDJH ULJKW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

Présentation générale des touches de la télécommande
Visualisation de
l’information sur l’écran

$SSX\H]VXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXU
SUpVHQWHUWRXWHVOHVLQIRUPDWLRQV
VXUO·pFUDQ$SSX\H]jQRXYHDX
SRXUOHVIDLUHGLVSDUDvWUH

Eteindre temporairement le téléviseur

$SSX\H]VXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXUpWHLQGUHWHPSRUDLUHPHQWOH
WpOpYLVHXU OHYR\DQWGHPLVHHQYHLOOH1 V·pFODLUHUD $SSX\H]j
QRXYHDXSRXUDOOXPHUOHWpOpYLVHXUjSDUWLUGXPRGHYHLOOH VWDQGE\ 
3RXUXQHPHLOOHXUHpFRQRPLH
G·pQHUJLHLOHVWFRQVHLOOp
G·pWHLQGUHFRPSOqWHPHQWOH
WpOpYLVHXUORUVTX·RQQHO·XWLOLVH
SDV
(QO·DEVHQFHGHVLJQDO
DQWHQQHVLO·RQQ·DSSXLHVXU
DXFXQHWRXFKHOHWpOpYLVHXU
SDVVHUDDXWRPDWLTXHPHQWHQ
PRGHYHLOOH VWDQGE\ DXERXWGH
PLQXWHV

Coupure du son

$SSX\H]VXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXU
FRXSHUOHVRQ
$SSX\H]jQRXYHDXSRXUOH
UpFXSpUHU

Sélection de la source
d’entrée

$SSX\H]SOXVLHXUVIRLVVXUFHWWH
WRXFKHMXVTX·jFHTXHOHV\PEROH
GHODVRXUFHG·HQWUpHDSSDUDLVVH
VXUO·pFUDQ
&HWWHWRXFKHQHIRQFWLRQQHTX·HQ
PRGHWpOpWH[WH
/DIRQFWLRQ$%DVVRFLpHjFHWWH
WRXFKHQHIRQFWLRQQHSDVVXUFH
WpOpYLVHXU

A/B

Sélection du mode TV

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Sélection des chaînes

$SSX\H]VXUFHVWRXFKHVSRXU
VpOHFWLRQQHUOHVFKDvQHV
3RXUGHVQXPpURVGHFKDvQHj
GHX[FKLIIUHVDSSX\H]VXUOH
WURLVLqPHFKLIIUHUDSLGHPHQW
RX
$SSX\H]VXUHWHQVXLWHVXUOH
SUHPLHUHWOHVHFRQGFKLIIUH
6LYRXVYRXVWURPSH]HQ
LQWURGXLVDQWOHSUHPLHUFKLIIUH
LQWURGXLVH]FHSHQGDQWOH
GHX[LqPHFKLIIUH GHj HW
UpSpWH]HQVXLWHO·RSpUDWLRQ

0
PROG

Sélection du mode d’image

$SSX\H]SOXVLHXUVIRLVVXUFHWWH
WRXFKHSRXUFKDQJHUGHPRGH
G·LPDJH

FR

Sélection des chaînes

$SSX\H]VXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXU
TXHOHPHQXDSSDUDLVVHVXU
O·pFUDQ$SSX\H]jQRXYHDXSRXU
OHGpVDFWLYHU

Touches de sélection du
menu

Arrêt Temporaire

$SSX\H]VXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXU
UpJOHUOHYROXPHGXWpOpYLVHXU
&HWWHWRXFKHQHIRQFWLRQQHTX·HQ
PRGHWpOpWH[WH
/DIRQFWLRQ9DVVRFLpHjFHWWHWRXFKH
QHIRQFWLRQQHSDVVXUFHWpOpYLVHXU

$SSX\H]SOXVLHXUVIRLVVXUFHWWH
WRXFKHSRXUUHYHQLUjODGHUQLqUH
FKDvQHVpOHFWLRQQpH ODFKDvQH
SUpFpGHQWHGRLWDYRLUpWpYLVLRQ
QpHSHQGDQWVHFRQGHVDX
PRLQV 

Activation du Système des
Menus
MENU

5pJOH]OHWpOpYLVHXUSRXUTX·LOVH
PHWWHDXWRPDWLTXHPHQWVRXV
WHQVLRQ

Réglage du volume

Retour à la dernière chaîne

$SSX\H]VXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXU
VpOHFWLRQQHUODFKDvQHVXLYDQWHRX
ODFKDvQHSUpFpGHQWH

Marche Temporaire

5pJOH]OHWpOpYLVHXUSRXUTX·LOVH
PHWWHDXWRPDWLTXHPHQWKRUV
WHQVLRQ
7RXFKHVDQVIRQFWLRQVXUFHW
DSSDUHLO

$SSX\H]VXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXU
GpVDFWLYHUOHWpOpWH[WHRXO·HQWUpH
YLGpR

TV

0RQWHUG·XQQLYHDX
'HVFHQGUHG·XQQLYHDX
$OOHUDXPHQXRXjOD
VpOHFWLRQSUpFpGHQWH
$OOHUDXPHQXRXjOD
VpOHFWLRQVXLYDQWH
&RQILUPHUODVpOHFWLRQ

Sélection du Télétexte

$SSX\H]VXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXU
DIILFKHUOHWpOpWH[WH

Sélection du format de
l’écran

$SSX\H]SOXVLHXUVIRLVVXUFHWWH
WRXFKHSRXUSDVVHUGXIRUPDWGH
O·pFUDQ LPDJH
FRQYHQWLRQQHOOH jXQHLPDJHDX
IRUPDW

2XWUHOHVIRQFWLRQVGHWpOpYLVLRQWRXWHVOHVWRXFKHVGHFRXOHXUVRQWDXVVLXWLOLVpHVSRXUOHV
IRQFWLRQVGHWpOpWH[WH3RXUWRXWUHQVHLJQHPHQWFRPSOpPHQWDLUHFRQVXOWH]OHFKDSLWUH
´7pOpWH[WHµGHFHPRGHG·HPSORL YRLUSDJH 
Description générale

5

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

PDVWHUSDJH OHIW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

Présentation générale des touches du
téléviseur

$FWLYDWLRQ 7RXFKHGH 7RXFKHVGH
GX6\VWqPH VpOHFWLRQGH FRQWU{OHGX
VRQ
GHV0HQXV ODVRXUFH
G·HQWUpH

5HOHYH]OH
FRXYHUFOHVXU
OHTXHOODPDUTXH
HVWLQVFULWH
SRXUDFFpGHUDX
SDQQHDXGH
FRPPDQGH

,QGLFDWHXU ,QWHUUXSWHXU
GHPLVHHQ PDUFKHDUUrW
YHLOOH
VWDQGE\

7RXFKHGH
VpOHFWLRQGHV
FKDvQHV

3ULVHHQWUpH 3ULVHHQWUpH
YLGpR
DXGLR

3ULVH
FDVTXH

Insertion des piles dans la télécommande
9pULILH]TXHOHVSLOHVVRQWFRUUHFWHPHQWSODFpHV
5HVSHFWH]O·HQYLURQQHPHQWGpSRVH]OHVSLOHVXVDJpHVGDQVOHVFRQWHQHXUVSUpYXVjFHW
HIIHW

6

Description générale-Installation

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

PDVWHUSDJH ULJKW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

Branchement de l’antenne amovible
(pour KV-14CT1B uniquement)
3RXUXQHPHLOOHXUHUpFHSWLRQGHO·LPDJHQRXVYRXVFRQVHLOORQVGHFRQQHFWHUO·DSSDUHLOj
XQHDQWHQQHH[WpULHXUH&HSHQGDQWVLYRXVQHGLVSRVH]SDVG·DQWHQQHH[WpULHXUHPDLVTXH
OHVLJQDO9+)8+)HVWVXIILVDPPHQWIRUWYRXVSRXYH]FRQQHFWHUO·DQWHQQHWpOHVFRSLTXH
IRXUQLHDYHFFHWDSSDUHLOFRPPHLQGLTXpFLGHVVRXV

1 ,QVpUH]O·DQWHQQHGDQVODUDLQXUHVLWXpHVXUODSDUWLHVXSpULHXUHGX
WpOpYLVHXUMXVTX·jFHTX·HOOHIDVVH´FOLFµ

2 &RQQHFWH]OHFkEOHGHO·DQWHQQHDXFRQQHFWHXUDUULqUHGHO·DSSDUHLO.

FR

3 $OOXPH]O·DSSDUHLOHWRULHQWH]O·DQWHQQHGHIDoRQjREWHQLUXQH
ERQQHUpFHSWLRQGHO·LPDJH

Branchement de l’antenne extérieure et du
magnétoscope
/HVFkEOHVGHFRQQH[LRQQHVRQWSDVIRXUQLV

RX

PDJQpWRVFRSH
OUT

IN

/HEUDQFKHPHQWSDUFRQQHFWHXU3pULWHOHVWSUpVHQWpHQRSWLRQ
3RXUGHSOXVDPSOHVGpWDLOVVXUOHEUDQFKHPHQWGXPDJQpWRVFRSHFRQVXOWH]OHFKDSLWUH
´&RQQH[LRQGHVpTXLSHPHQWVHQRSWLRQµGHFHPRGHG·HPSORL YRLUSDJH 
Installation

7

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

PDVWHUSDJH OHIW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

Mise sous tension et mémorisation
automatique des chaînes du téléviseur
/DSUHPLqUHIRLVTXHYRXVDOOXPHUH]OHWpOpYLVHXUXQHVpTXHQFHGHPHQXVDSSDUDvWUDVXU
O pFUDQ(OOHYRXVSHUPHWWUDGH VpOHFWLRQQHUODODQJXHGHVpFUDQVGHPHQXV
 VpOHFWLRQQHUOHSD\VGDQVOHTXHOYRXVGpVLUH]XWLOLVHUO DSSDUHLO FKHUFKHUHWPpPRULVHU
DXWRPDWLTXHPHQWWRXWHVOHVFKDvQHVGLVSRQLEOHV pPHWWHXUV79  PRGLILHUO RUGUHGDQV
OHTXHOOHVFKDvQHV pPHWWHXUV79 DSSDUDLVVHQWVXUO pFUDQHW UpJOHUO LQFOLQDLVRQGH
O LPDJH SRXU.9&7%XQLTXHPHQW 
&HSHQGDQWVLDXERXWG XQFHUWDLQWHPSVYRXVGHYH]jQRXYHDXFKDQJHUODODQJXHGHV
PHQXVRXGHSD\VUHSUHQGUHODPpPRULVDWLRQDXWRPDWLTXH HQFDVGHGpPpQDJHPHQWSDU
H[ RXPRGLILHUO RUGUHGHVFDQDX[YRXVSRXYH]OHIDLUHHQVpOHFWLRQQDQWOHPHQX
DSSURSULp
 5pJODJH RX
 5pJODJHGHVFKDvQHV 

1 &RQQHFWH]O LQWHUUXSWHXUGXWpOpYLVHXUjODSULVHGHFRXUDQW

9&$+] $SSX\H]VXUO LQWHUUXSWHXUPDUFKHDUUrW
!GHODSDUWLHIURQWDOHGXWpOpYLVHXUSRXUO DOOXPHU/DSUHPLqUH
IRLVTXHYRXVDOOXPHUH]OHWpOpYLVHXUOHPHQX/DQJXDJH
/DQJXH DSSDUDvWUDDXWRPDWLTXHPHQWVXUO pFUDQ

2 $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH2²VXUOHSDQQHDXGHFRPPDQGH

VXSpULHXUSRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUODODQJXHSXLVDSSX\H]VXUtSRXU
FRQILUPHUODVpOHFWLRQ$SDUWLUGHFHPRPHQWWRXVOHVPHQXV
DSSDUDvWURQWGDQVODODQJXHTXHYRXVDYH]FKRLVLH

3 /HPHQX3D\VDSSDUDvWUDDXWRPDWLTXHPHQWVXUO pFUDQ$SSX\H]
VXUODWRXFKH2²SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUOHSD\VGDQVOHTXHOYRXV
GpVLUH]XWLOLVHUOHWpOpYLVHXUHWDSSX\H]HQVXLWHVXUODWRXFKHt
SRXUFRQILUPHUODVpOHFWLRQ

6LOHSD\VRYRXVDOOH]XWLOLVHUOHWpOpYLVHXUQHILJXUHSDVVXUOD
OLVWHVpOHFWLRQQH]´µDXOLHXGHVpOHFWLRQQHUXQSD\V

4 $VVXUH]YRXVTXHOHFkEOHG·DQWHQQHHVWFRUUHFWHPHQWEUDQFKp

VXLYDQWOHVLQVWUXFWLRQVIRXUQLHVSXLVDSSX\H]VXUtSRXU
FRQILUPHU/HUpJODJHHWODPpPRULVDWLRQDXWRPDWLTXHGHWRXVOHV
FDQDX[ pPHWWHXUV79 GLVSRQLEOHVFRPPHQFHQW
&HSURFHVVXVSHXWGHPDQGHUTXHOTXHVPLQXWHV6R\H]
SDWLHQWHWQ DSSX\H]VXUDXFXQHWRXFKHWDQWTXHGXUHUDOH
SURFHVVXVGHPpPRULVDWLRQ6LQRQOHSURFHVVXVQHVHUDLWSDV
FRPSOHW
 6LOHWpOpYLVHXUQ DWURXYpDXFXQHFKDvQH pPHWWHXU79 DSUqV
ODPpPRULVDWLRQDXWRPDWLTXHYRXVYHUUH]DSSDUDvWUHVXU
O pFUDQXQPHVVDJHYRXVGHPDQGDQWGHEUDQFKHUO DQWHQQH
9HXLOOH]ODEUDQFKHUFRPPHLQGLTXpjODSDJH GHFHPDQXHO
HWDSSX\H]HQVXLWHVXUODWRXFKHt/HSURFHVVXVGH
PpPRULVDWLRQDXWRPDWLTXHUHSUHQGUD

8

Première mise en service

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

Language
Svenska
Norsk
English
Nederlands
Français
Select language
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t]

Pays
Sverige
Norge
–
Italia
Schweiz/Suisse/Svizzera
Sélection pays
Sélect. [–2+] Confirm.[t]

Réglage initial
Connectez l'antenne
Réglage des chaînes en
automatique?
Oui
Non
Sélect. [–2+] Confirm. [t]

Fin [MENU]

Mémorisation auto.
Pas de chaîne trouvée
Merci de brancher l'antenne
OK

Confirm. [t]

Fin [MENU]

PDVWHUSDJH ULJKW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

5 /RUVTXHWRXWHVOHVFKDvQHV pPHWWHXUV79 RQWpWpUpJOpHVHW

Ordre des chaînes
Chaînes:
01 TVE
02 TVE2
03 TV3
04 C33
Sélect. canal

PpPRULVpHVOHPHQX2UGUHGHVFKDvQHVDSSDUDvW
DXWRPDWLTXHPHQWVXUO·pFUDQ,OSHUPHWGHFKDQJHUO·RUGUH
G·DSSDULWLRQGHVFKDvQHVVXUO·pFUDQ

a)
b)

6LYRXVQHGpVLUH]SDVFKDQJHUO·RUGUHGHVFKDvQHVDSSX\H]VXU
0(18

Sélect. [– 2+]

Confirm. [t]

Quit. [MENU]

6LYRXVGpVLUH]FKDQJHUO·RUGUHGHVFKDvQHV
/HFKDQJHPHQWGHO·HPSODFHPHQWG·XQHFKDvQHERXOHYHUVHUD
O·RUGUHGHVFKDvQHVVXLYDQWHV,OIDXWGRQFFRPPHQFHUFHWWH
UpRUJDQLVDWLRQGDQVO·RUGUHFURLVVDQW H[7)VXUOHQXPpUR
)UDQFHVXUOHQXPpUR)UDQFHVXUOHQXPpURHWF
 $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH2²SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUOHQXPpUR
GHODFKDvQHHWOHFDQDO pPHWWHXU79 TXHYRXVGpVLUH]
FKDQJHUGHSODFHHWDSSX\H]HQVXLWHVXUt

Ordre des chaînes
Chaînes:
01 TVE
02 TVE2
03 TV3
04 C33
Sélect. nouveau N o
Sélect. [– 2+]

03

Confirm. [t]

TV3
Quit. [MENU]

 $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH2²SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUOHQRXYHDX
QXPpURGHFKDvQHVRXVOHTXHOYRXVGpVLUH]PpPRULVHUOH
FDQDO pPHWWHXU79 VpOHFWLRQQpHWDSSX\H]HQVXLWHVXUt
 5HSUHQH]jE HWE VLYRXVGpVLUH]UpRUJDQLVHUG DXWUHV
FKDvQHVGHWpOpYLVLRQ

6

/·RSWLRQVXLYDQWHHVWXQLTXHPHQWGLVSRQLEOHSRXUOH
.9&7%

a)
b)

FR

Rotation d'image

'XIDLWGXPDJQpWLVPHWHUUHVWUHO LPDJHSHXWDSSDUDvWUHSHQFKpH
/HPHQX5RWDWLRQG·LPDJHYRXVSHUPHWGHUpJOHUO LPDJHVL
QpFHVVDLUH

[– 2]
Sélect. [– 2+]

[2+]
Confirm. [t] Fin [MENU]

6LFHODQ HVWSDVQpFHVVDLUHDSSX\H]VXUt
6LFHODV DYqUHQpFHVVDLUHDSSX\H]VXU2²SRXUUHFWLILHU
WRXWHLQFOLQDLVRQGHO LPDJH)LQDOHPHQWDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
tSRXUODPpPRULVHU

 3RXUTXHOHPHQXDSSDUDLVVHGHQRXYHDXPDLQWHQH]HQIRQFpHODWRXFKH0(18GX
SDQQHDXGHFRPPDQGHVXSpULHXUSHQGDQWFLQTVHFRQGHVHQYLURQ
 /HVWRXFKHV0(18 HW    GHODWpOpFRPPDQGHSHXYHQWpJDOHPHQWrWUH
XWLOLVpHVSRXUHIIHFWXHUOHVRSpUDWLRQVFLGHVVXV
/HWpOpYLVHXUHVWSUrWjIRQFWLRQQHU

Première mise en service

9

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

PDVWHUSDJH OHIW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

Introduction au Système des menus et son utilisation
&HWpOpYLVHXUXWLOLVHXQV\VWqPHGHPHQXVVXUpFUDQSRXUYRXVJXLGHUGDQVOHVGLYHUVHV
RSpUDWLRQVTXHYRXVHIIHFWXH]8WLOLVH]OHVWRXFKHVVXLYDQWHVGHODWpOpFRPPDQGHSRXU
SDVVHUG XQPHQXjO DXWUH

1 $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH0(18SRXUSUpVHQWHUOHSUHPLHUQLYHDXGHPHQXVXU
O pFUDQ

RX 
3RXUHQWUHUGDQVOHPHQXRXO RSWLRQVpOHFWLRQQpHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
3RXUUHYHQLUDXPHQXRXjO RSWLRQSUpFpGHQWHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
3RXUPRGLILHUOHVUpJODJHVGHO RSWLRQVpOHFWLRQQpHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
  RX 
3RXUFRQILUPHUHWPpPRULVHUYRWUHVpOHFWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 

2 3RXUREWHQLUOHPHQXRXO RSWLRQGpVLUpHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH

3 $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH0(18SRXUUHYHQLUjO LPDJHWpOpYLVpH

Image



Image
Mode:
Studio
Contrôle de l'image
Image intelligente: Oui

Sélect.

Confirm.

Fin

Image
Mode:
Studio
Contrôle de l'image
Image intelligente: Oui

Sélect.

Confirm.

Fin

/HPHQX´OPDJHµYRXVSHUPHWGH
PRGLILHUOHVUpJODJHVGHO LPDJH
3RXUFHOD
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQ
TXHYRXVGpVLUH]PRGLILHUDSSX\H]
VXUODWRXFKH 3XLVDSSX\H]
SOXVLHXUVIRLVVXU   RX 
SRXUPRGLILHUOHUpJODJHHWHQVXLWH
VXU SRXUHQWUHUFHQRXYHDX
UpJODJHHQPpPRLUH
&HPHQXYRXVSHUPHWDXVVLGH
PRGLILHUOHPRGHGHO LPDJHVXLYDQW
OHW\SHGHFKDvQHTXHYRXVrWHVHQ
WUDLQGHUHJDUGHU

0RGH

6WXGLR SRXUUpJOHUOHFRQWUDVWHHWODQHWWHWpGHO·LPDJH 
&LQpPD SRXUXQHLPDJHPHWWDQWOHVGpWDLOVHQYDOHXU 
-HX[ SRXUOHVMHX[VXUFRQVROH 
3HUVRQQHO SRXUXQUpJODJHHQIRQFWLRQGHYRVSUpIpUHQFHV 

&RQWU{OHGH
O LPDJH

&RQWUDVWH

10

Système des menus

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
O·LPDJH
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
GHO·LPDJH

RX

SRXUUpGXLUHOHFRQWUDVWHGH

RX

SRXUUHQIRUFHUOHFRQWUDVWH

PDVWHUSDJH ULJKW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

/XPLQRVLWp

&RXOHXUV

7HLQWH

$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
VRPEUH
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
OXPLQHXVH

RX

SRXUREWHQLUXQHLPDJHSOXV

RX

SRXUREWHQLUXQHLPDJHSOXV

$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
FRXOHXUV
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
GHVFRXOHXUV

RX

SRXUUpGXLUHO·LQWHQVLWpGHV

RX

SRXUDXJPHQWHUO·LQWHQVLWp

$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
YHUWV

RX SRXUDIIDLEOLUOHVWRQVYHUWV
RX SRXULQWHQVLILHUOHVWRQV

7HLQWHQHSHXWrWUHUpJOpSRXUOHVLJQDOFRXOHXU176& SH[YLGpRV
SURYHQDQWGHV(WDWV8QLV 

,PDJH
LQWHOOLJHQWH

1HWWHWp

$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH

RX SRXUDGRXFLUO·LPDJH
RX SRXUUDYLYHUO·LPDJH

5j=

6pOHFWLRQQH]
G·XVLQH

2XL$UUrW

6pOHFWLRQQH]SRXURSWLPLVHUODTXDOLWpG·LPDJH
3DUH[HPSOHUpGXLUHOHQLYHDXVRQRUHORUVTXHOHVLJQDOHVW
IDLEOH

SRXUUDPHQHUO·LPDJHjODFRQILJXUDWLRQ

FR

 $FKDTXHPRGLILFDWLRQGXUpJODJH´&RQWU{OHGHO LPDJHµ´0RGHµSDVVH
DXWRPDWLTXHPHQWj´3HUVRQQHOµHWOHQRXYHDXUpJODJHHVWHQUHJLVWUpVRXV´3HUVRQQHOµ

Son



Son
Volume auto.:

Sélect.

Confirm.

Son
Volume auto.:

Arrêt

Fin

Sélect.

Confirm.

/HPHQX´6RQµSHUPHWGHPRGLILHU
OHVSDUDPqWUHVGXVRQ

Arrêt

Fin

9ROXPHDXWR 2XL$UUrW
/HQLYHDXGXYROXPHGHVFKDvQHV pPHWWHXUV 79 GRLWUHVWHUVWDEOH
LQGpSHQGDPPHQWGXVLJQDOpPLV SH[GDQVOHFDVG·DQQRQFHVSXEOLFLWDLUHV 

Système des menus

11

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

PDVWHUSDJH OHIW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0



Temporisation

Temporisation
Arrêt tempo.:
Marche tempo.:

Sélect.

Confirm.

Temporisation
Arrêt tempo.:
Marche tempo.:

Arrêt
Arrêt

Fin

Sélect.

Confirm.

Arrêt
Arrêt

/HPHQX´7HPSRULVDWLRQµYRXV
SHUPHWGHPRGLILHUOHVUpJODJHVGX
SURJUDPPDWHXU

Fin

$UUrW7HPSRUDLUH /·RSWLRQ´$UUrWWHPSRµTXLIDLWSDUWLHGXPHQX´7HPSRULVDWLRQµ
YRXVSHUPHWGHVpOHFWLRQQHUXQWHPSVDSUqVOHTXHOOHWpOpYLVHXU
SDVVHDXWRPDWLTXHPHQWHQPRGHG DUUrWWHPSRUDLUH VWDQGE\ 
3RXUFHOD
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH SXLVVXU
RX SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUODGXUpH KHXUHPLQXWHVDXSOXV HW
DSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH SRXUHQWHUFHWWHQRXYHOOHGRQQpHHQ
PpPRLUH
 6LSHQGDQWTXHYRXVUHJDUGH]ODWpOpYLVLRQYRXVGpVLUH]
VDYRLUOHWHPSVTXLUHVWHDYDQWO DUUrWDSSX\H]VXUOD
WRXFKH

 8QHPLQXWHDYDQWTXHOHWpOpYLVHXUQHSDVVHHQPRGH
G DWWHQWHOHPHVVDJH´/HWpOpYDV DUUrWHUµV DIILFKH
DXWRPDWLTXHPHQWjO pFUDQGXWpOpYLVHXU
0DUFKH
7HPSRUDLUH

/ RSWLRQ´0DUFKHWHPSRµTXLIDLWSDUWLHGXPHQX
´7HPSRULVDWLRQµYRXVSHUPHWGHVpOHFWLRQQHUXQHSpULRGHGH
WHPSVDSUqVODTXHOOHOHWpOpYLVHXUVHFRQQHFWHUDDXWRPDWLTXHPHQW
jSDUWLUGXPRGHG DUUrWWHPSRUDLUH VWDQGE\ 
3RXUFHOD
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH SXLVVXU
ODWRXFKH RX SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUODGXUpH KHXUHVDXSOXV 
HWDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH SRXUHQWUHUFHWWHQRXYHOOHGRQQpHHQ
PpPRLUH)LQDOHPHQWDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH&/1GHPLVHHQYHLOOH
VWDQGE\ GHODWpOpFRPPDQGHHWORUVTXHOHWHPSVIL[pVHVHUD
pFRXOpOHWpOpYLVHXUV DOOXPHUDDXWRPDWLTXHPHQW8QHIRLVOHGpODL
VpOHFWLRQQppFRXOpOHWpOpYLVHXUVHPHWDXWRPDWLTXHPHQWVRXV
WHQVLRQHW´0DUFKHWHPSRµV DIILFKHjO pFUDQ
 /·LQGLFDWHXU1GHPLVHHQYHLOOH VWDQGE\ GXWpOpYLVHXU
V DOOXPHHQRUDQJHSRXULQGLTXHUTXHODIRQFWLRQGH
PLQXWHULH´0DUFKHWHPSRµHVWDFWLYpH
 7RXWHSDQQHRXFRXSXUHGHFRXUDQWDQQXOHUDFHWWH
IRQFWLRQ
 6LDXFXQHWRXFKHQ HVWDFWLYpHSHQGDQWSOXVG XQHKHXUH
DSUqVODPLVHVRXVWHQVLRQGXWpOpYLVHXUjO DLGHGHOD
IRQFWLRQ´0DUFKHWHPSRµOHWpOpYLVHXUSDVVH
DXWRPDWLTXHPHQWHQPRGHG DWWHQWH

12

Système des menus

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

PDVWHUSDJH ULJKW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

Réglage des chaînes
Réglage des chaînes
Mémorisation auto.
Ordre des chaînes
Noms des chaînes
Mémorisation manuelle

Sélect.

Confirm.

/HPHQX´5pJODJHGHVFKDvQHVµYRXV
SHUPHWGHSUpVpOHFWLRQQHUGHVFKDvQHV
VXUFHWpOpYLVHXU

Réglage des chaînes
Mémorisation auto.
Ordre des chaînes
Noms des chaînes
Mémorisation manuelle

Fin

0pPRULVDWLRQ
DXWRPDWLTXHV

Sélect.

Confirm.

Fin

/ RSWLRQ´0pPRULVDWLRQDXWRµGXPHQX´5pJODJHGHVFKDvQHVµ
SHUPHWDXWpOpYLVHXUGHFKHUFKHUHWGHPpPRULVHUWRXVOHVFDQDX[
pPHWWHXUV79 GLVSRQLEOHV
3RXUFHOD
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH HW
SURFpGH]HQVXLWHFRPPHLQGLTXpDXFKDSLWUH´0LVHVRXVWHQVLRQHW
PHPRULVDWLRQDXWRPDWLTXHGHVFKDvQHVGXWpOpYLVHXUµpWDSH
YRLUSDJH 

2UGUHGHVFKDvQHV / RSWLRQ´2UGUHGHVFKDvQHVµGXPHQX´5pJODJHGHVFKDvQHVµ
YRXVSHUPHWGHFKDQJHUO RUGUHG DSSDULWLRQGHVFDQDX[
pPHWWHXUV79 
3RXUFHOD
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH HW
SURFpGH]HQVXLWHFRPPHLQGLTXpGDQVOHFKDSLWUH´0LVHVRXV
WHQVLRQHWPHPRULVDWLRQDXWRPDWLTXHGHVFKDvQHVGXWpOpYLVHXUµ
pWDSHE  YRLUSDJH 
1RPVGHVFKDvQHV / RSWLRQ´1RPVGHVFKDvQHVµGXPHQX´5pJODJHGHVFKDvQHVµYRXV
SHUPHWG DWWULEXHUjXQHFKDvQHXQQRPGHFLQTFDUDFWqUHV
PD[LPXP
3RXUFHOD
 $SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUODFKDvQHTXH
YRXVGpVLUH]QRPPHUSXLVDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
 $SSX\H]VXU /RUVTXHOHSUHPLHUpOpPHQWGHODFRORQQH
1RPHVWPLVHQYDOHXUDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXU
VpOHFWLRQQHUXQHOHWWUHXQFKLIIUHRX´BµSRXUXQHVSDFHHQ
EODQFHWDSSX\H]HQVXLWHVXUODWRXFKH SRXUFRQILUPHUFH
FDUDFWqUH6pOHFWLRQQH]OHVTXDWUHDXWUHVFDUDFWqUHVGHODPrPH
IDoRQHWDSSX\H]HQILQVXUODWRXFKH SRXUOHVPpPRULVHU
YRLUSDJHVXLYDQWH693

Système des menus

13

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

FR

PDVWHUSDJH OHIW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

0pPRULVDWLRQ
PDQXHOOH

/ RSWLRQ´0pPRULVDWLRQPDQXHOOHµGXPHQX´5pJODJHGHV
FKDvQHVµYRXVSHUPHW
a) 'HUpJOHUOHVFDQDX[ pPHWWHXUV79 RXXQHHQWUpHPDJQHWRVFRSH
GDQVO RUGUHGHVFKDvQHVTXHYRXVGpVLUH]
3RXUFHOD
 $SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQ´0pPRULVDWLRQPDQXHOOHµ
DSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH / RSWLRQ&KDvQHpWDQWPLVHHQUHOLHI
DSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH HWHQVXLWHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX
SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUOHQXPpURGHFKDvQHVXUOHTXHOYRXVGpVLUH]
PpPRULVHUXQpPHWWHXU79RXOHFDQDOYLGpR SRXUOHFDQDOYLGpR
QRXVYRXVFRQVHLORQVGHVpOHFWLRQHUODFKDvQHVQXPpUR´µ 
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
/ RSWLRQVXLYDQWHDSSDUDvWUDXQLTXHPHQWVXLYDQWOHSD\V
VpOHFWLRQQpGDQVOHPHQX´/DQJXH3D\Vµ
 $SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQ1RUPHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
HWHQVXLWHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHUOD
QRUPHG pPLVVLRQGHWpOpYLVLRQ %*SRXUO (XURSHRFFLGHQWDOH/
SRXUOD)UDQFH,SRXUOD*UDQGH%UHWDJQHRX'.SRXUO·(XURSH
GHO·(VW $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
 $SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQ&DQDODSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
HWHQVXLWHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHU
OHW\SHGHFDQDO ´&µSRXUOHVFKDvQHVKHUW]LHQQHVRX´6µSRXU
OHVFKDvQHVFkEOpHV $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH SXLVDSSX\H]
VXUOHVWRXFKHVQXPpULTXHVSRXULQWURGXLUHGLUHFWHPHQWOH
QXPpURGXFDQDOGHO pPHWWHXU79RXFHOXLGXVLJQDOGXFDQDO
YLGpR6LYRXVQHFRQQDLVVH]SDVOHQXPpURGXFDQDODSSX\H]
VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUOHFKHUFKHU/RUVTXHYRXV
WURXYHUH]OHFDQDOTXHYRXVGpVLUH]HQWUHUHQPpPRLUH
DSSX\H]GHX[IRLVVXUODWRXFKH 
5HSUHQH]WRXWHVFHVpWDSHVSRXUUpJOHUHWPpPRULVHUG DXWUHVFDQDX[
b) 0rPHORUVTXHODIRQFWLRQGHUpJODJHILQDXWRPDWLTXH $)7 HVW
WRXMRXUVDFWLYpHLOHVWFHSHQGDQWSRVVLEOHVLYRXVREVHUYH]XQH
GLVWRUVLRQGHO LPDJHGHODUpJOHUPDQXHOOHPHQWSRXUHQ
DPpOLRUHUODUpFHSWLRQ
3RXUFHOD
3HQGDQWTXHYRXVUHJDUGH]ODFKDvQH pPHWWHXU79 VXUODTXHOOH
YRXVGpVLUH]SURFpGHUjFHUpJODJHILQVpOHFWLRQQH]O RSWLRQ$)7
HWHQVXLWHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 
RX SRXUUpJOHUOHQLYHDXGHIUpTXHQFHGXFDQDOHQWUHHW
)LQDOHPHQWDSSX\H]GHX[IRLVVXUODWRXFKH SRXUHQWUHU
HQPpPRLUHFHWWHQRXYHOOHGRQQpH
c)6DXWHUGHVQXPpURVGHFKDvQHTXHYRXVQHGpVLUH]SDVXWLOLVHU
ORUVTXHODVpOHFWLRQHVWHIIHFWXpHDXPR\HQGHVWRXFKHV352*²
3RXUFHOD
(QPHWWDQWHQYDOHXUO RSWLRQ&KDvQHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH352*
²MXVTX jO DSSDULWLRQGXQXPpURGHFKDvQHTXHYRXVGpVLUH]
VXSSULPHU/RUVTXHFHOXLFLDSSDUDvWVXUO pFUDQVpOHFWLRQQH]O RSWLRQ
6DXWHWHQVXLWHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX
SRXUVpOHFWLRQQHU2XLHWILQDOHPHQWDSSX\H]GHX[IRLVVXUOD
WRXFKH SRXUOHPpPRULVHU
6LYRXVGpVLUH]SOXVWDUGDQQXOHUFHWWHIRQFWLRQVpOHFWLRQQH]jQRXYHDX
´1RQµDXOLHXGH´2XLµ

14

Système des menus

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

PDVWHUSDJH ULJKW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0



Réglage

Réglage
Langue/Pays
Rotation d'image
Centrage RVB:

Sélect.

Réglage
Langue/Pays
Rotation d'image
Centrage RVB:

0

Confirm.

Fin

/DQJXH3D\V

Sélection

Confirm.

/HPHQX´5pJODJHµYRXVSHUPHWGH
PRGLILHUGLYHUVHVFRQILJXUDWLRQVGH
FHWpOpYLVHXU

0

Fin

/ RSWLRQ´/DQJXH3D\VµGXPHQX´5pJODJHµYRXVSHUPHWGH
VpOHFWLRQQHUODODQJXHGDQVODTXHOOHYRXVGpVLUH]TXHOHVPHQXVVXU
pFUDQDSSDUDLVVHQW(OOHYRXVSHUPHWDXVVLGHVpOHFWLRQQHUOHSD\V
GDQVOHTXHOYRXVGpVLUH]XWLOLVHUOHWpOpYLVHXU
3RXUFHOD
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH HWSURFpGH]
HQVXLWHFRPPHLOYRXVHVWLQGLTXpDXFKDSLWUH´0LVHVRXVWHQVLRQHW
PHPRULVDWLRQDXWRPDWLTXHGHVFKDvQHVGXWpOpYLVHXUµpWDSHVHW
YRLUSDJH 

5RWDWLRQG LPDJH 'XIDLWGXPDJQpWLVPHWHUUHVWUHO LPDJHWpOpYLVpHSHXWDSSDUDvWUH
SHQFKpH'DQVFHFDVYRXVSRXYH]ODUpJOHUHQXWLOLVDQWO RSWLRQ
SRXU
´5RWDWLRQG LPDJHµGXPHQX´5pJODJHµ
.9&7%
3RXUFHOD
XQLTXHPHQW
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH $SSX\H]
VXU RX  RX SRXUUHFWLILHUWRXWHLQFOLQDLVRQGHO LPDJH
)LQDOHPHQWDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH SRXUOHPpPRULVHU
&HQWUDJH59%

(QFRQQHFWDQWXQHVRXUFHGHVLJQDX[59%FRPPHXQH´3OD\6WDWLRQµ
LOVHSHXWTXHYRXVD\H]jUpJOHUOHFHQWUDJHKRUL]RQWDOGHO LPDJH
'DQVFHFDVYRXVSRXYH]OHIDLUHHQXWLOLVDQWO RSWLRQ´&HQWUDJH59%µ
GXPHQX´5pJODJHµ
3RXUFHOD
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpO RSWLRQDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH 3XLV
DSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH RX SRXUUpJOHUOHFHQWUDJHGHO LPDJHGH
j)LQDOHPHQWDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH SRXUOHPpPRULVHU

Système des menus

15

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

FR

PDVWHUSDJH OHIW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

Télétexte
/HWpOpWH[WHHVWXQVHUYLFHG LQIRUPDWLRQTXHGLIIXVHODSOXSDUWGHVFKDvQHVWpOpYLVpHV/D
SDJHGXVRPPDLUHGXVHUYLFHGHWpOpWH[WH HQJpQpUDOODSDJH H[SOLTXHFRPPHQW
XWLOLVHUFHVHUYLFH3RXUpYROXHUjO LQWpULHXUGXWpOpWH[WHXWLOLVH]OHVWRXFKHVGHOD
WpOpFRPPDQGHFRPPHLQGLTXpFLGHVVRXV
9pULILH]TXHYRXVXWLOLVH]XQFDQDOGHWpOpYLVLRQGLVSRVDQWG XQVLJQDOG pPLVVLRQ
VXIILVDPPHQWIRUWSRXUpYLWHUGHVHUUHXUVGHWpOpWH[WH
Entrer dans le service de Télétexte :
$SUqVDYRLUVpOHFWLRQQpODFKDvQH pPHWWHXU79 TXLWUDQVPHWOHVHUYLFHGH
WpOpWH[WHTXHYRXVGpVLUH]FRQVXOWHUDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH


TELETEXT
Index
Programme
News
Sport
Weather

25
153

101
Sélectionner une page de Télétexte :
98
$O DLGHGHVWRXFKHVQXPpULTXHVGHODWpOpFRPPDQGHLQWURGXLVH]OHVWURLV
FKLIIUHVGXQXPpURGHSDJHTXHYRXVGpVLUH]FRQVXOWHU
6LYRXVYRXVWURPSH]FKRLVLVVH]WURLVFKLIIUHVTXHOFRQTXHVHWUHFRPPHQFH]HQVXLWHjLQWURGXLUHOH
QXPpURGHSDJHFRUUHFW
6LOHFRPSWHXUGHSDJHVQHV DUUrWHSDVF HVWTXHODSDJHGHPDQGpHQ HVWSDVGLVSRQLEOH'DQVFHFDV
LQWURGXLVH]XQDXWUHQXPpURGHSDJH
Pour vérifier le contenu d'un service Télétexte :
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH

Sélectionner la page suivante ou la page précédente :
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
RX

Superposer le télétexte à l'image télévisée :
3HQGDQWTXHYRXVYR\H]OHWpOpWH[WHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
$SSX\H]jQRXYHDXVXUFHWWH
WRXFKHSRXUVRUWLUGXPRGHWpOpWH[WH
Pour figer une page Télétexte :
&HUWDLQHVSDJHVGHWpOpWH[WHFRPSUHQQHQWGHVSDJHVVHFRQGDLUHVTXLGpILOHQW
DXWRPDWLTXHPHQW3RXUILJHUXQHSDJHVHFRQGDLUHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
$SSX\H]j
QRXYHDXVXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXUOLEpUHUOHEORFDJH
Voir une information cachée (par ex. : la solution d'une devinette) :
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
$SSX\H]jQRXYHDXVXUFHWWHWRXFKHSRXUTXHO LQIRUPDWLRQVRLW
jQRXYHDXFDFKpH
Pour agrandir l'affichage Télétexte :
$SSX\H]VXU
$FKDTXHSUHVVLRQVXUODWRXFKH
O DIILFKDJH7pOpWH[WHFKDQJHFRPPH
VXLW$JUDQGLUODPRLWLpVXSpULHXUHt$JUDQGLUODPRLWLpLQIpULHXUHt7DLOOHQRUPDOH
Pour afficher une page Télétexte pendant le visionnage d'un programme télévisé.
 6DLVLVVH]OHQXPpURGH7pOpWH[WHDXTXHOYRXVVRXKDLWH]YRXVUpIpUHUSXLVDSSX\H]VXU

 /RUVTXHOHQXPpURGHSDJHV DIILFKHDSSX\H]VXU
SRXUYLVLRQQHUOHWH[WHGHODSDJH
7pOpWH[WH
Quitter le service Télétexte :
$SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH


Fastext
/HVHUYLFH)DVWH[WSHUPHWG DYRLUDFFqVDX[SDJHVGHWpOpWH[WHHQDSSX\DQWVXUXQHVHXOH
WRXFKH
/RUVTXHYRXVrWHVGDQVOHVHUYLFHGHWpOpWH[WHHWDXFDVRLO\DpPLVVLRQGHVLJQDX[)DVWH[W
XQPHQXGHFRGHVFRXOHXUV DIILFKHDXEDVGHODSDJHLOSHUPHWG DFFpGHUGLUHFWHPHQWj
XQHSDJH3RXUFHODDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKHGHFRXOHXUFRUUHVSRQGDQWHGHODWpOpFRPPDQGH
URXJHYHUWHMDXQHRXEOHXH 

16

Télétexte

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

PDVWHUSDJH ULJKW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

Connexion des équipements en option
9RXVSRXYH]FRQQHFWHUjYRWUHWpOpYLVHXUXQHODUJHJDPPHG pTXLSHPHQWVRSWLRQQHOV
FRPPHLOOXVWUpFLGHVVRXV OHVFkEOHVGHFRQQH[LRQQHVRQWSDVIRXUQLV 

&DPpVFRSH
PP+L
'9&

'9'0DJQpWRVFRSH
1

2

´3OD\6WDWLRQµ
C

A

B

(QEUDQFKDQWXQFDVTXHOHV
KDXWSDUOHXUVGXWpOpYLVHXU
VHGpFRQQHFWHURQW
DXWRPDWLTXHPHQW

GpFRGHXU
´3OD\6WDWLRQµHVWXQSURGXLWGH
6RQ\&RPSXWHU(QWHUWDLQPHQW,QF
´3OD\6WDWLRQµHVWXQHPDUTXH
FRPPHUFLDOHGH6RQ\&RPSXWHU
(QWHUWDLQPHQW,QF

Connexion d'un magnétoscope :
3RXUFRQQHFWHUXQPDJQpWRVFRSHFRQVXOWH]OHFKDSLWUH´%UDQFKHPHQWGHO DQWHQQHH[WpULHXUHHW
GXPDJQpWRVFRSHµ
1RXVYRXVFRQVHLOORQVGHFRQQHFWHUOHPDJQpWRVFRSHHQXWLOLVDQWXQFkEOH3pULWHO)DXWHGHTXRL
YRXVGHYUH]UpJOHUPDQXHOOHPHQWOHFDQDOGXVLJQDOYLGpRSDUOHPHQX´0pPRULVDWLRQ
PDQXHOOHµ SRXUFHODFRQVXOWH]OHSDUDJUDSKHD SDJH 
&RQVXOWH]DXVVLOHPRGHG·HPSORLGHYRWUHPDJQpWRVFRSHSRXUVDYRLUFRPPHQWREWHQLUOHFDQDO
GXVLJQDOYLGpR

Utilisation des équipements en option
1

&RQQHFWH]O pTXLSHPHQWRSWLRQQHODXFRQQHFWHXUDGpTXDWGXWpOpYLVHXUFRPPHLQGLTXpFL
GHVVXV

2
3

$OOXPH]O pTXLSHPHQWTXHYRXVDYH]FRQQHFWp
3RXUREWHQLUO LPDJHGHO pTXLSHPHQWFRQQHFWpDSSX\H]SOXVLHXUVIRLVVXUODWRXFKH
MXVTX jFHTXHOHV\PEROHFRUUHFWG HQWUpHV LQVFULYHVXUO pFUDQ
Symbole
1
1


4



Signaux d'entrée
 6LJQDOG HQWUpHDXGLRYLGpRSDUOHFRQQHFWHXU3pULWHOC
 6LJQDOG HQWUpH59%SDUOHFRQQHFWHXU3pULWHOC&HV\PEROHQ DSSDUDvW
TXHVLXQHHQWUpH59%HVWFRQQHFWpH
 6LJQDOG HQWUpHYLGpRGXFRQQHFWHXU5&$AHWVLJQDOG HQWUpHDXGLRGX
FRQQHFWHXUB

3RXUUHYHQLUjO LPDJHWpOpYLVpHDSSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH

GHODWpOpFRPPDQGH
Informations complémentaires

17

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

FR

PDVWHUSDJH OHIW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

Spécifications
Norme de TV :
6XLYDQWOHSD\VVpOHFWLRQQp
%*+/,'.

Sortie son :
[: SXLVVDQFHPXVLFDOH
[: 506

Standard couleur :
3$/6(&$0
176& HQWUpHYLGpRVHXOHPHQW

Consommation d'énergie :
 .9&7%:
 .9&7%:

Couverture de canaux :
9+)
((
8+)
((
&$79 66
+<3(5 66
/
))%4))
,
8+)%%
'.
5555

Consommation d'énergie en mode veille
(standby) :
:

Tube image :
(FUDQSODW)'7ULQLWURQ
Connecteurs arrières :
i
&RQQHFWHXU3pULWHOGHEURFKHV
QRUPH&(1(/(& \FRPSULV
HQWUpHDXGLRYLGpRHQWUpH59%
VRUWLHDXGLRYLGpR79
Connecteurs frontaux :
t
HQWUpHYLGpR²FRQQHFWHXU5&$

HQWUpHDXGLR²FRQQHFWHXU5&$
SULVHSRXUFDVTXH

Dimensions (l x h x prf) :
 .9&7%(QY[[PP
 .9&7%(QY[[PP
Poids
 .9&7%(QYNJ
 .9&7%(QYNJ
Accessoires fournis :
WpOpFRPPDQGH 50:
SLOHVQRUPH,(&
$QWHQQH SRXU.9&7%XQLTXHPHQW 
Divers :
 7pOpWH[WH)DVWH[W723WH[W
 $UUrWWHPSRUDLUH
 0DUFKHWHPSRUDLUH

La conception et les spécifications sont susceptibles de subir des modifications sans
préavis de notre part.
Papier recyclé - Chlore : 0%

18

Informations complémentaires

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

PDVWHUSDJH ULJKW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

Dépannage
9RLFLTXHOTXHVVROXWLRQVVLPSOHVTXLYRXVSHUPHWWURQWGHUpVRXGUHGHVSUREOqPHVOLpVjOD
TXDOLWpGHO LPDJHHWGXVRQ
Problème

Solution

3DVG LPDJH pFUDQQRLU HWSDVGH
VRQ

 9pULILH]TXHO DQWHQQHHVWELHQEUDQFKpH
 $OOXPH]OHWpOpYLVHXUHQDSSX\DQWVXUODWRXFKH!GH
ODSDUWLHIURQWDOHGHO DSSDUHLO
 6LOHYR\DQW1GXWpOpYLVHXUHVWELHQDOOXPpDSSX\H]
VXUODWRXFKH&1GHODWpOpFRPPDQGH

0DXYDLVHLPDJHRXSDVG LPDJH
PDLVERQQHTXDOLWpVRQRUH

 3DUOHV\VWqPHGHVPHQXVHQWUH]GDQVOH´&RQWU{OH
GHO LPDJHµHWVpOHFWLRQQH]´5j=µSRXUUHYHQLUDX[
UpJODJHVG XVLQH YRLUSDJH 

3DVG LPDJHQLGHPHQX
G LQIRUPDWLRQGHO pTXLSHPHQW
RSWLRQQHOEUDQFKpjODSULVH3pULWHO
VLWXpHjO DUULqUHGHO DSSDUHLO

 9pULILH]TXHO pTXLSHPHQWRSWLRQQHOHVWDOOXPpHW
DSSX\H]SOXVLHXUVIRLVVXUODWRXFKH
GHOD
WpOpFRPPDQGHMXVTX jFHTXHOHV\PEROHG HQWUpH
FRUUHFWDSSDUDLVVHVXUO pFUDQ YRLUSDJH 

,PDJHGHERQQHTXDOLWpPDLVSDVGH  $SSX\H]VXUODWRXFKH
GHODWpOpFRPPDQGH
VRQ
 9pULILH]TX·XQFDVTXHQ·HVWSDVEUDQFKp
3DVGHFRXOHXU SURJUDPPHV
FRXOHXU 

 3DUOHV\VWqPHGHPHQXVHQWUH]GDQVOHPHQX
´&RQWU{OHGHO LPDJHµHWVpOHFWLRQQH]´5j=µSRXU
UHYHQLUDX[UpJODJHVG XVLQH YRLUSDJH 

'LVWRUVLRQGHO LPDJHHQFKDQJHDQW
GHFKDvQHRXHQVpOHFWLRQQDQWOH
WpOpWH[WH

 (WHLJQH]O pTXLSHPHQWEUDQFKpDX[FRQQHFWHXUV
3pULWHOEURFKHVVLWXpjO DUULqUHGXWpOpYLVHXU

&DUDFWqUHVHUURQpVVXUOHVSDJHVGH
WpOpWH[WH

 3DUOHPHQXVpOHFWLRQQH]O RSWLRQ´/DQJXH3D\VµHW
VpOHFWLRQQH]HQVXLWHOHSD\VGDQVOHTXHOIRQFWLRQQHOH
WpOpYLVHXU YRLUSDJH 

/ LPDJHDSSDUDvWSHQFKpH
SRXU.9&7%XQLTXHPHQW

 3DUOHV\VWqPHGHVPHQXVVpOHFWLRQQH]O RSWLRQ
´5RWDWLRQG LPDJHµGDQVOHPHQX´5pJODJHµHW
FRUULJH]O LQFOLQDLVRQ YRLUSDJH 

,PDJHPDLVEUXLW

 3DUOHV\VWqPHGHPHQXVVpOHFWLRQQH]O RSWLRQ´$)7µ
GXPHQX´0pPRULVDWLRQPDQXHOOHµHWUpJOH]
PDQXHOOHPHQWODPpPRULVDWLRQSRXUREWHQLUXQH
PHLOOHXUHLPDJH YRLUSDJH 
 3DUOHV\VWqPHGHVPHQXVVpOHFWLRQQH]O RSWLRQ
´,PDJHLQWHOOLJHQWHµGXPHQX´,PDJHµHW
VpOHFWLRQQH]´2XLµSRXUDWWpQXHUOHEUXLWGHO LPDJH
YRLUSDJH 

7pOpFRPPDQGHQRQRSpUDWLRQQHOOH

 &KDQJH]OHVSLOHV

/·LQGLFDWHXU1GHPLVHHQYHLOOH
VWDQGE\ GXWpOpYLVHXUFOLJQRWHHQ
URXJH

 9HXLOOH]FRQWDFWHUOHVHUYLFHDSUqVYHQWH6RQ\OHSOXV
SURFKH

FR

(QFDVGHSDQQHFRQILH]YRWUHWpOpYLVHXUjXQSHUVRQQHOVSpFLDOLVp
1 RXYUH]MDPDLVO DSSDUHLO

Informations complémentaires

19

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

PDVWHUSDJH OHIW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

Les principaux émetteurs français
&RPSWHWHQXGHVpYROXWLRQVOHVpPHWWHXUVHWFDQDX[DQQRQFpVFLDSUqVVRQWGRQQpVjWLWUH
G·LQIRUPDWLRQHWQRQG·HQJDJHPHQW3RXUODUpFHSWLRQGHODPDMRULWpGHVpPHWWHXUV
O·DQWHQQHGRLWrWUHHQ´SRVLWLRQKRUL]RQWDOHµ/RUVTX·HOOHGRLWrWUHHQ´SRVLWLRQYHUWLFDOHµ
ODOHWWUH9VXLWOHQXPpURGHFDQDO
EMETTEURS

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
59
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64

20

ABBEVIUE limeux
AJACCIO Coli Chiavari
ALBERTVILLE tort du Mont
ALENCON Mont d'Amain
ALES l'Hermitage
ALES Mont Boquet
AMIENS St-Just/DURY
ANGERS Rochefort
ANGOULEME St-Saturnin
ARGENTON/CREUSE Malicornay
AURILLAC ALIVERGNE La Bastide
AUTUN Bois de Rol
AUXERRE Molesmes
AVIGNON Mont Ventoux/LE PONTET
BAR DE LUC Willeroncourt
BASTIA Serra di Pigno
BAYONNE La Rhune
BERGERAC Audrix
BESANÇON Lomont/BREGILLE
BESANÇON Montfaucon
BORDEAUX Bouilac
BOULOGNE Mont Lambert
BOUGES Neuvy
BOURG EN BRESSE "Ramasse"
BREST Roc Tr dudon
BRIVE Lissac
CAEN "Brullemail"
CAEN Mont Pincon/CHU
CANNES Vallarius
CARCASSONE Pic de Nore
CHAMBERY Mont du Chat
CHAMONIX Aiguille du Midi
CHAMPAGNOLLE Le Bulay
CHARTES Montlandon
CHAUMONT Chalindray
CHERBOURG Olgosville
CLERMONT-FERRAND Puy de Côme/ROYAT
CLUSES St-Sigismond
CORTE Antisanti
DUON Nuit St-Georges
DUNQUERQUE Mont de Cats
EPINAL Bois de la Vierge
FORBACH Kreutzberg
GAP Mont Colombis
GEX Mont Rond
GRENOBLE Chamrousse
GUERET St-Léger
HIRSON Landouzy
HYERES Cap Bénal
LA BAULE ESCOUBLAC "St-Clare"
LA ROCHELLE "Mireuil"
LAVAL Mont Rochard
LE CREUSOT Mont St-Vincent
LE HAVRE Harfleur
LE HAVRE Basse Normandie
LE MANS Mayer
LE PUY St-Jean de Nay
LENS "Bouvigny"
LESPARRE Ordonnac
LILLE Boubigny/LAMBERSART
LIMOGES Les Cars
LONGWY Bois du châ
LORIENT "Plaoermeur"
LYON Fourvière
LYON Mont Pilat
MACON Bois de Cenves
MANTES Mudétour

Informations complémentaires

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

CANAUX
TF1

A2

FR3

63
31
45
48

67
21
39
51

60
24
42
54

CANAL+

27
41
47

21
47
44

24
44
41

46

40

48
37
42
51
41
64
37
47
29
63
29
23

51
31
45
48
47
58
34
41
23
57
34
26

43
54
54
34
39
54
44
61
31
44
26
60
37
29

27
23
48
22

21
29
51
25

24
26
54
28

10
06
04
09

64
29
25
58
55
52
65
22
56
59
59
42
65
47
27
27
56
64
54
65

58
58
28
61
50
49
59
28
50
61
62
39
60
22
21
21
50
58
48
59

61
23
22
64
63
55
62
25
53
54
65
45
63
25
24
24
53
61
51
62

03V
08

63
35
46

60
30
40

24
63
51
39
27
56
52

57
33
43
35
27
57
54
45
21
50
47

42
24
53
44

61
46
57
64

58
40
55
58

64
43
49
61

ARTE

M6

52

60

49
51
31

52
53
34

47

54

07V

65
05 ou 10
10

09V

07V

56

03V
08V
08
10
08

45
65

43

21
38
34

32

38
63

09

47

06 ou 08
05
06

35
58

61

09

46V
59

43V
62

59

62

10V
28
09
05V
06 ou 09
09
06

38
48

21
60

60

51

67
05

38
53

60

05V

32

05
05/07/10
08
62
66
10

51

54

28

22

55

53

PDVWHUSDJH ULJKW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

Les principaux émetteurs français
EMETTEURS

65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89

90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117

118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129

MARSEILLE Grande Etoile
MARSEILLE Pomègues
MAUBEUGE Rousies
MENDE Truc de Fortino
MENTON Cap Martin
MELZ Luttange
MEZIERES Sury
MILLAU Levezou
MONTLUCON "Maregnon"
MONNETTIER MORNEX Mont Saléve
MONTMELLIAN Le Fort
MONTPELLIER Saint-Baudille
MORTAIN Grande Fontaine
MORTEAU Monteblon
MULHOUSE Belvédère
NANCY Malzéville
NANTES Hute Goulaine
NEUF CHATEL Croixdelle
NEVERS "Challuy"
NICE Mont Alban/LA MADELEINE
NIMES "Bas Rhône"
NIORT Maisonnay
NIORT Sud Vendée
ORLEANS Trainou
PARIS Tour Eiffel
PARIS EST Chennevières
PARIS NORD Sannois
PARIS SUD Villebon
PARTHENAY Amailoux
PERPIGNAN Pic Néoulous
PIGNANS N D des Anges
POITIERS "Les Couronneries"
/Hospital des Champs
PORTO VECCHIO Col de Méla
PRIVAS Crète Blandine
QUIMPER
REIMS Charleville
REIMS Hutvillers
RENNES Saint-Pern
ROUEN Grande Couronne
SAINT ETTIENNE Croix de Guizay
SAINT ETTIENNE "Pilat"
SAINT FLOUR Vabres
SAINT GINGOLPH Montpélerin
SAINT-MALO
SAINT-MARTIN DE BELLE VILLE
Point de la Masse
SAINT-NAZAIRE "Pornichet la Ville-Blais"
SAINT-NAZAIRE "Etoile du Matin"
SAINT-QUENTIN "Gauchy"
SAINT-RAPHAEL Pic de l'Ours
SARREBOURG Donon
SENS Gisy les Nobles
SERRES Beaumont
STRASBOURG Nordhein
TARASCON S/ARIEGE Montoulieu
TOULON Cap Sicié
TOULOUSE Pechbonnieu
TOULOUSE Pic du Midi
TOULOUSE Acquitaine
TOURETTE DU CHAHTEAU Mt Vial
TOURS Chissay
TROYES Les riceys
USSEL Meymac
UTELLE La Madone
VALENCE "St-Romaine de l'Erps"
VALENCIENNES "marly"
VANNES Moustoir' AC
VERDUN Septsarges
VILLERS COTTEREST Fleury
VITTEL Thullières
WISSEMBOURG Eselberg

CANAUX
TF1

A2

FR3

CANAL+

ARTE

M6

29
40
39
37/31
62
37
29
47

23
46
42
34
50
34
23
44

26
43
45
68
56
31
26
41

05
57
29

32
54
32

38

42
64
56
50
48
27
23
23
51

45
58
50
52
54
21
29
29
48

48
61
53
55
51
24
26
26
54

05
08
09V
65

64

58

61

66 ou 32

22

28

06V

42
25
43
45
49
52
22
46

39
22
46
39
52
49
25
43

25
58
45
28
40
56
62
55
28
40

41
51
31
38

06
53
59
65

52
30
48
65
58

40
64
29
29
43
39
23
35
46
52
39
53V

34
58
37
23
46
45
33
30
40
49
41
45

37
61
31
26
40
42
26
33
43
55
63
42

48
23

51
29

54
26

25
40
57
50
62
52
51
45
27

28
53
63
53
56
55
48
39
21

10V

54
65
27
42
47

62
59
24
45
44

22
50
60
56
43
49
54
42
24
47
65
62
21
39
41

50
65
65V
30
54

56
59
59V
35
48

53
62
62V
32
51

05

68
05V
36
10

39

49
64
09
63

52

48V

55
55
21

43
65

37

53
33
58
62
42

FR

07
56

06
36
09
07
07
38
10

41

41

63
34
59
65

31
62
62

55
30

52
33

57

60

32

34

07

06

05
04
10V
08
09
07
05

57
29

07

53
49
58

34

YRLUSDJHVXLYDQWH693
Informations complémentaires

21

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

PDVWHUSDJH OHIW
)5.9&7%IP3DJH)ULGD\-XO\$0

Les principaux émetteurs français

5pSDUWLWLRQ(XURSpHQQHGHVQRUPHVHWVWDQGDUGV

B-G

PAL

SECAM

SF
B-G

B-G

N

S

B
I
IRL

DK
B-G

I
GB

D-K

NL

B-H

D-K

B-G

RF

B

G

PL

D

L

CZ

D-K

SK

L
B-G

L
F

B-G

D-K
D-K

A

D-K

H

R

CH
B-H

YU

D

B-G

BG

B-G

P
B-G

I

B
TR

B-G

AL

E

B-H

GR
B-G

B
RL

CY

B-G

B

DZ

MA

22

Informations complémentaires

.9&7%B*US8B)5
 

B-G

B
TN

IL

01COVKV21CT1E.fm Page 2 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:14 PM

4-093-927-32(1)
R

FD Trinitron
Colour Television
Manual de Instrucciones

ES

Manual de Instruções

PT

Brugervejledning

DK

Käyttöohjeet

FI

Bruksanvisning

NO

Instruktionsbok

SE

KV-21CT1E
KV-14CT1E
© 2003 Sony Corporation

master page=right
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 3 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:31 PM

Introducción
Gracias por elegir este televisor en color Sony de Pantalla Plana FD Trinitron.
Antes de utilizar el televisor, lea este manual atentamente y consérvelo para futuras
referencias.
Símbolos utilizados en este manual:
•

Información importante.

•

Información sobre la función.

• 1,2...Secuencia de las instrucciones a
seguir.

•

•

Los botones sombreados del mando a
distancia, muestran los botones que
ha de pulsar para ejecutar las
diferentes instrucciones.
Información sobre el resultado de las
instrucciones.

Indice
Introducción ............................................................................................................................................ 3
Normas de seguridad..............................................................................................................................4

Descripción general
Descripción general de los botones del mando a distancia ...............................................................5
Descripción general de los botones del televisor ...............................................................................6

Instalación

ES

Instalación de las pilas en el mando a distancia..................................................................................6
Conexión de una antena portátil (sólo para KV-14CT1E) ................................................................7
Conexión de una antena exterior y del vídeo .....................................................................................7

Primera puesta en marcha
Encendido y Sintonización automática del TV .................................................................................. 8

Sistema de menús en pantalla
Introducción y manejo del sistema de menús .................................................................................. 10
Imagen .............................................................................................................................................. 10
Sonido ............................................................................................................................................... 11
Temporizador .................................................................................................................................. 12
Ajuste de canales............................................................................................................................. 13
Configuracíon.................................................................................................................................. 15

Teletexto ........................................................................................................................................... 16
Información complementaria
Conexión de equipos opcionales ........................................................................................................ 17
Manejo de los equipos opcionales...................................................................................................... 17
Especificaciones .................................................................................................................................... 18
Solución de problemas......................................................................................................................... 19

Indice

3

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

master page=left
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 4 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:31 PM

Normas de Seguridad

Este aparato sólo debe utilizarse
con fuentes de alimentación de
220-240 V CA. No enchufe
demasiados aparatos en el mismo
enchufe ya que podría causar
descargas eléctricas o incendio.

Por razones medioambientales y
de seguridad, se recomienda no
dejar el aparato en modo de
desconexión temporal cuando no
se utilice. Apáguelo pulsando el
interruptor principal y
desenchufándolo cuando vaya a
estar ausente.

Nunca introduzca objetos ni
derrame ningún tipo de líquido
dentro del aparato ya que podría
provocar descargas eléctricas o
incendio. En caso de que algún
objeto o líquido caiga dentro del
aparato, no utilice el televisor.
Avise de inmediato al servicio
técnico.

No abra la tapa posterior del
aparato. En caso necesario, acuda
al servicio técnico.

Para su propia seguridad,
durante una tormenta, no toque
ninguna parte del aparato;
especialmente el cable de
alimentación y el de la antena.

Para evitar riesgo de incendio o
descargas eléctricas, no exponga
el aparato a la lluvia ni a la
humedad.

No obstruya ni cubra las ranuras
de ventilación del aparato. Para
que haya una ventilación correcta,
deje un espacio de al menos 10 cm
alrededor del aparato.

Nunca instale el aparato en lugares
excesivamente calientes, húmedos
o polvorientos. No instale el
aparato en lugares donde pueda
sufrir vibraciones mecánicas.

Para evitar riesgo de incendio,
mantenga lejos del aparato los
objetos inflamables, velas, y todo
aquello que pudiera causar
incendio.

Desenchufe el aparato tirando
directamente de la clavija. Nunca
tire del cable.

No coloque objetos pesados sobre
el cable de alimentación ya que
podría dañarlo.
Le recomendamos que enrolle la
parte sobrante del cable de
alimentación en el enrollacables
situado en la parte posterior del
aparato.

Si ha de mover el aparato,
desenchúfelo antes de hacerlo. Al
transportarlo, tenga cuidado con las
superficies desiguales, escalones,
etc. Si se le cae el aparato o sufre
algún golpe, avise inmediatamente
al servicio técnico.

No cubra las ranuras de
ventilación con ningún objeto
como cortinas, periódicos, etc.

Limpie la pantalla y el mueble del
televisor con un paño suave y
ligeramente humedecido. No
utilice estropajos, limpiadores
abrasivos, alcalinos, ningún tipo
de disolvente, como alcohol o
bencina ni sprays antiestáticos.
Como medida de seguridad,
desenchufe el televisor antes de
limpiarlo.

Coloque el aparato sobre un estante
o mueble lo suficientemente fuerte,
grande y estable para sostenerlo. No
permita que los niños salten sobre
él. No lo coloque de lado o boca
arriba.

4

Normas de seguridad

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

master page=right
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 5 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:31 PM

Descripción general de los botones del mando a distancia
Mostrar información en
pantalla
Púlselo para mostrar todas las
indicaciones en pantalla.
Vuelva a pulsarlo para cancelar.
Eliminación del sonido
Púlselo para eliminar el sonido.
Vuelva a pulsarlo para
recuperarlo.
Selección de la fuente de
entrada
Púlselo repetidamente hasta que
el símbolo de la fuente de
entrada deseada aparezca en la
pantalla.
Este botón sólo funciona en modo
deteletexto.
La función A/B asociada a este
botón, no funciona en este
televisor.
Selección de canales
Púlselos para seleccionar canales.
Para números de programa
de dos dígitos, pulse el
segundo dígito en un tiempo
inferior a 3 segundos.
o
Pulse -/-- y a continuación, el
primer y el segundo dígito.
Si se equivoca al introducir el
primer dígito, continúe
introduciendo el segundo dígito
(del 0 al 9) y, seguidamente,
repita de nuevo la operación.
Conexión automática
Configure el televisor para
que se conecte
automáticamente.
Desconexión automática
Configure el televisor para
que se desconecte
automáticamente
Botón sin función en este aparato.
Ajuste del volumen
Púlselo para ajustar el
volumen del televisor.
Este botón sólo funciona en modo
deteletexto. La función 9
asociada a este botón, no
funciona en este televisor.
Selección del modo de
imagen
Púlselo repetidamente para
cambiar el modo de imagen.

Apagar temporalmente el televisor
Púlselo para apagar temporalmente el televisor (el indicador
de modo de espera 1 se iluminará). Vuelva a pulsarlo para
encender el televisor desde el modo de desconexión
temporal (standby).
Para ahorrar energía, se
recomienda apagar por
completo el televisor cuando
no lo utilice.
Si durante 15 minutos no
hay señal de televisión ni
se pulsa ningún botón, el
televisor pasará automáticamente al modo
de desconexión temporal
A/B
(standby).
Selección del modo TV
Púlselo para desactivar el
3
1
2
teletexto o la entrada de vídeo.
Vuelta al último canal
6
4
5
seleccionado
Púlselo para volver a ver el
9
7
8
último canal seleccionado (el
canal anterior debe haber sido
visionado previamente
0
durante al menos 5 segundos).
PROG
Selección de canales
Púlselo para seleccionar el
canal siguiente o anterior.
Activación del sistema de
menús
MENU
Púlselo para ver el menú en
pantalla. Vuelva a pulsarlo
para desactivarlo y ver la
pantalla normal de televisión.
Botones para la selección
del menú
Subir un nivel
Bajar un nivel
Ir al menú o selección
anterior
Ir al menú o selección
TV
siguiente
Confirmar la selección
Selección de Teletexto
Púlselo para visualizar el
teletexto.
Selección del formato de
la pantalla
Púlselo repetidamente para
cambiar el formato de la
pantalla: 4:3 para imagen
convencional o 16:9 para
imitación de pantalla amplia.

ES

Además de las funciones de televisión, todos los botones con color se utilizan también para
las operaciones de teletexto. Para más información, consulte el capítulo sobre “Teletexto”
de este manual de instrucciones (ver página 16).
Descripción general

5

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

master page=left
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 6 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:31 PM

Descripción general de los botones del
televisor

Activación Botón de
del sistema selección de la
fuente de
de menús
entrada

Levante la
solapa de la
puerta con la
marca
para
mostrar el panel
de control.

Indicador de
modo de
desconexión
temporal
(standby)

Botones de Botones de selección
control del de programas
volumen
siguiente o anterior
(seleccionan emisoras
de televisión)

Toma de
Interruptor de entrada de
vídeo
encendido/
apagado

Toma de
entrada de
audio

Toma de
auriculares

Instalación de las pilas en el mando a distancia
Asegúrese de colocar las pilas suministradas con las polaridades en la posición correcta.
Sea respetuoso con el medio ambiente y deposite las pilas usadas en el contenedor
específico para ello.

6

Descripción general - Instalación

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

master page=right
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 7 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:31 PM

Conexión de una antena portátil
(sólo para KV-14CT1E)
Para obtener una mejor recepción de imagen, le recomendamos que conecte el televisor a
una antena exterior. No obstante, si no dispone de antena exterior pero la señal local de
VHF/UHF es lo suficientemente fuerte, puede conectar la antena telescópica suministrada
con este televisor tal y como se indica a continuación:

1 inserte la antena en la ranura situada en la parte superior del televisor
hasta que ésta haga “clic”.

2 Conecte el cable de la antena al terminal situado en la parte posterior
del televisor.

3 Encienda el televisor y oriente la antena para obtener una buena

ES

recepción de imagen.

Conexión de la antena y del vídeo
Los cables de conexión no se suministran.

o

vídeo
OUT

IN

La conexión a través del Eurocouector es opcional
Para más detalles sobre la conexión del vídeo, consulte el capítulo “Conexión de equipos
opcionales” de este manual de instruccíones (ver página 17).

Instalación

7

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

master page=left
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 8 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:31 PM

Encendido y Sintonización automática del TV
La primera vez que encienda el televisor, aparecerá en la pantalla una secuencia de menús
a través de los cuales podrá: 1) seleccionar el idioma de los menús, 2) seleccionar el país
donde desea utilizar el aparato, 3) buscar y almacenar automáticamente todos los canales
disponibles (emisoras de televisión) 4) cambiar el orden en que los canales (emisoras de
televisión) aparecen en pantalla y 5) ajustar la inclinación de la imagen (sólo para
KV-21CT1E).
No obstante, si más adelante necesita modificar alguno de estos ajustes, puede hacerlo
seleccionando la opción apropiada en
(menú de Configuración) o
(menú Ajuste de
chanales).

1 Conecte el enchufe del televisor a la toma de corriente (220-240V
CA, 50Hz). Pulse el interruptor de encendido/apagado ! de la
parte frontal del televisor para encenderlo.
La primera vez que encíenda el televisor, el menú Language
(Idioma) aparecerá automáticamente en la pantalla.

2 Pulse el botón 2 +/– del panel de control superior para
seleccionar el idioma y, a continuación, pulse el botón t para
confirmar la selección. A partir de ahora, todos los menús
aparecerán en el idioma seleccionado.

3 En la pantalla aparecerá automáticamente el menú País. Pulse el
botón 2 +/– para seleccionar el país donde desea utilizar el
televisor y, a continuación, pulse el botón t para confirmar la
selección.
Si en la lista no aparece el país donde va a utilizar el televisor,
seleccione “-” en lugar de un país.

4 Asegúrese de que la antena está conectada conforme a las
indicaciones y pulse el botón t para confirmarlo. El televisor
empieza a sintonizar y memorizar automáticamente todos los
canales (emisoras de televisión) disponibles.
• Este proceso puede durar unos minutos. Tenga paciencia y
no pulse ningún botón mientras dure el proceso de
sintonización o de lo contrario, elproceso no se completaría.
• Si el televisor no ha encontrado ningún canal (emisora de
televisión) tras efectuar la sintonización automática, en la
pantalla aparecerá un mensaje pidiéndole que conecte la
antena. Por favor conéctela tal y como se indica en la pág. 7
de este manual y pulse t. El proceso de sintonización
automática se reanudará de nuevo.

8

Primera puesta en marcha

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

Language
Svenska
Norsk
English
Nederlands
Français
Select language
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t]

País
Sverige
Norge
_
Italia
Schweiz/Suisse/Svizzera
Seleccione país
Sel. [–2+]

Confirmar [t]

Ajuste inicial
Por favor, primero conecte
la antena
¿Desea iniciar la sintonía
automática?
Sí
No
Sel. [–2+]

Confirmar [t]

Fin [MENU]

Sintonia Automática
No se encuentra el canal
Por favor conecte la antena
OK
Confirmar [t]

Fin [MENU]

master page=right
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 9 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:31 PM

5 Una vez que el televisor ha sintonizado y memorizado todos los
canales (emisoras de televisión), en pantalla aparece
automáticamente el menú Ordenación de Programas para que
pueda cambiar el orden en que los canales aparecen en la pantalla.

a) Si no desea cambiar el orden de los canales, pulse MENU.
b) Si desea cambiar el orden de los canales:

Ordenación de Programas
Programa:
01 TVE
02 TVE2
03 TV3
04 C33
Seleccione canal
Confirmar [t] Salir [MENU]

Sel. [–2+]

1 Pulse el botón 2 +/– para seleccionar el número de
programa con el canal (emisora de televisión) que desea
cambiar de posición y, a continuación, pulse t.

Ordenación de Programas
Programa:
01 TVE
02 TVE2
03 TV3
04 C33
03
Sel. nueva posición

2 Pulse 2 +/– para seleccionar el nuevo número de
programa en el que desea memorizar el canal (emisora de
televisión) seleccionado y, a continuación, pulse t.

Sel. [–2+]

TV3

Confirmar [t] Salir [MENU]

3 Repita los pasos b)1 y b)2 si desea reordenar otros canales
de televisión.

6

La opción siguiente sólo está disponible para el modelo
KV-21CT1E.
Debido al magnetismo terrestre, es posible que la imagen aparezca
inclinada. El menú Rotación Imagen le permite reajustar la imagen
en caso necesario.

Rotación Imagen
[– 2]
Sel. [–2+]

[2+]

Confirmar [t]

Fin [MENU]

a) Si no es necesario, pulse t.
b) Si es necesario, pulse 2 +/– para corregir la inclinación de la

ES

imagen y, por último, pulse t para almacenarla.
• Para hacer que el menú aparezca de nuevo, mantenga pulsado durante unos 5 segundos
el botón MENU del panel de control superior.
• Los botones MENU,
y / / / del mando a distancia también se pueden
utilizar para las operaciones mencionadas arriba.
El televisor está listo para funcionar.

Primera puesta en marcha

9

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

master page=left
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 10 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:31 PM

Introducción y manejo del sistema de menús
Este televisor utiliza un sistema de menús en pantalla para guiarle en las diferentes
operaciones. Utilice los siguientes botones del mando a distancia para desplazarse a través
de los menús:

1 Pulse el botón MENU para mostrar el primer nivel de menú en pantalla.

2 • Para resaltar el menú u opción deseados, pulse

o .
• Para entrar en el menú u opción seleccionados, pulse .
• Para volver al menú u opción anterior, pulse .
• Para modificar los ajustes de la opción seleccionada, pulse
• Para confirmar y memorizar su selección, pulse
.

/

/

o

.

3 Pulse el botón MENU para volver a la pantalla normal de televisión.

Imagen
Imagen
Modo:
Directo
Ajuste de la Imagen
Imagen inteligente: Sí

Sel.

Confirmar

Fin

Imagen
Modo:
Directo
Ajuste de la Imagen
Imagen inteligente: Sí

Sel.

Confirmar

Fin

El menú de “Imagen” le permite
modificar los ajustes de la imagen.
Para ello:
Tras seleccionar la opción que
desea modificar, pulse , A
continuación, pulse repetidamente
/ / o
para modificar el
ajuste y finalmente pulse
para
memorizarlo.
Este menú también le permite
modificar el modo de imagen según
el tipo de programa que esté
viendo:

Modo

Directo (para realzar el contraste y la nitidez de la imagen).
Películas (para una imagen detallada con precisión).
Juegos (para juegos electónicos).
Personal (para ajustar sus preferencias).

Ajuste de la
Imagen

Contraste

Pulse
Pulse

o
o

para reducir el contraste de la imagen.
para reazar el contraste de la imagen.

Brillo

Pulse
Pulse

o
o

para oscurecer la imagen.
para incrementar el brillo de la imagen.

Color

Pulse
Pulse

o
o

para disminuir la intensidad del color.
para aumentar la intensidad del color.

10

Sistema de menús en pantalla

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

master page=right
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 11 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:31 PM

Pulse
Pulse

Tonalidad

o
o

para aminorar los tonos verdes.
para incrementar los tonos verdes.

Tonalidad no se puede ajustar para la señal de color NTSC (p.ej. vídeos
de los EE.UU.).

Imagen
inteligente

Nitidez

Pulse
Pulse

o
o

para atenuar la imagen.
para avivar la imagen.

Preestablecido

Seleccione
para restablecer la imagen a los niveles
prefijados en fábrica.

Sí/No

Seleccionar para optimizar la calidad de la imagen.
P. ej., para reducir el nivel de ruido cuando la señal es débil.

Si se realizan modificaciones en “Ajuste de la Imagen”, “Modo” se ajustará
automáticamente en “Personal” y el nuevo valor se almacenará en dicho ajuste.

Sonido
Sonido
Auto Volumen:

Sonido
Auto Volumen:

No

El menú “Sonido” le permite cambiar
los ajustes de sonido.

No

ES
Sel.

Auto
Volumen

Confirmar

Fin

Sel.

Confirmar

Fin

Sí/No
El nivel de volumen de los canales (emisoras de televisión) debe permanecer
estable, independientemente de la señal emitida (p.ej., en el caso de anuncios
publicitarios).

Sistema de menús en pantalla

11

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

master page=left
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 12 Monday, July 7, 2003 2:15 PM

Temporizador
Temporizador
Desconex. Aut.:
Conexión Aut.:

Sel.

Confirmar

Temporizador
Desconex. Aut.:
Conexión Aut.:

No
No

Fin

Desconexión
Automática

Sel.

Confirmar

El menú “Temporizador” le permite
modificar los ajustes del
temporizador.

No
No

Fin

La opción de “Desconex. Aut.” dentro del menú “Temporizador”,
le permite seleccionar un periodo de tiempo tras el cual el televisor
entrará automáticamente en la modalidad de desconexión
temporal (standby).
Para ello:
Tras seleccionar la opción, pulse . A continuación pulse
para seleccionar el intervalo de tiempo (máximo 1 hora 30
minutos) y finalmente pulse
para memorizarlo.

o

• Si desea ver el tiempo restante hasta la desconexión
mientras ve la televisión, pulse el botón
.
• Un minuto antes de que el televisor entre en modo de
desconexión temporal, aparecerá automáticamente el
mensaje “1 minuto para apagarse” en la pantalla del
televisor.
Conexión
Automática

La opción de “Conexión Aut.” dentro del menú “Temporizador”,
le permite seleccionar un periodo de tiempo tras el cual el televisor
se conectará automáticamente desde la modalidad de desconexión
temporal (standby).
Para ello:
Tras seleccionar la opción, pulse . A continuación pulse
o
para seleccionar el intervalo de tiempo (máximo 12 horas) y pulse
para memorizarlo. Finalmente pulse el botón &/1 de
desconexión temporal (standby) del mando a distancia, y tras el
intervalo de tiempo fijado, el televisor se encenderá
automáticamente.
Una vez seleccionado el tiempo, el televisor se enciende
automáticamente y en la pantalla aparece la indicación “Conexión
Aut.”.
• El indicador de modo de desconexión temporal (standby)
1 del televisor se iluminará en ámbar para indicar que
“Conexión Aut.” está activado.
• Cualquier fallo o interrupción en el fluido eléctrico,
anulará esta función.
• Si después de que el televisor se haya encendido con el
ajuste "Conexión Aut." no pulsa ningún botón durante
más de una hora, el televisor entrará automáticamente en
el modo de espera.

12

Sistema de menús en pantalla

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

master page=right
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 13 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:31 PM

Ajuste de canales

Sel.

Confirmar

El menú "Ajuste de canales" permite
memorizar los canales de este
televisor.

Ajuste de canales
Sintonía Automática
Ordenación de Programas
Etiquetado de Programas
Sintonía Manual

Ajuste de canales
Sintonía Automática
Ordenación de Programas
Etiquetado de Programas
Sintonía Manual

Fin

Sel.

Confirmar

Fin

Sintonía
Automática

La opción de “Sintonía Automática” dentro del menú “Ajuste de
canales”, le permite que el televisor busque y almacene todos los
canales (emisoras de televisión) disponibles.
Para ello:
Tras seleccionar la opción, pulse
y, a continuación, proceda tal
y como se indica en el capítulo “Encendido y Sintonización
automática del TV”, pasos 4 (ver página 8).

Ordenación de
Programas

La opción de “Ordenación de Programas” dentro del menú
“Ajuste de canales”, le permite cambiar el orden en que los canales
(emisoras de televisión) aparecen en el televisor.
Para ello:
Tras seleccionar la opción, pulse
y, a continuación, proceda tal
y como se indica en el capítulo “Encendido y Sintonización
automática del TV”, paso 5b) (ver página 9).

Etiquetado de
Programas

La opción “Etiquetado de Programas” dentro del menú “Ajuste de
canales”, le permite asignar un nombre, de cinco caracteres como
máximo, a un canal.
Para ello:
o
para
1 Tras seleccionar la opción, pulse . Pulse
seleccionar el número de programa que desea etiquetar, a
continuación, pulse
.
2 Pulse . Con el primer elemento de la columna Nombre
resaltado, pulse o
para seleccionar una letra , un número
para
o “_” para un espacio en blanco y a continuación, pulse
confirmar ese carácter. Seleccione los otros cuatro caracteres de
la misma forma. Finalmente pulse
para memorizarlo.
continúa...

Sistema de menús en pantalla

13

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

ES

master page=left
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 14 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:31 PM

Sintonía Manual

La opción de “Sintonía Manual” dentro del menú “Ajuste de
canales”, le permite:
a) Sintonizar uno a uno y en el orden de programa que desee, los
canales (emisoras de televisión) o una entrada de vídeo.
Para ello:
1 Tras seleccionar la opción de “Sintonía Manual”, pulse . Con
la opción Programa resaltada, pulse y, a continuación, pulse
o
para seleccionar el número de programa (posición) en
el que desea sintonizar una emisora de televisión o el canal de
vídeo (para el canal de vídeo recomendamos que seleccione el
número de programa “0”). Pulse .
La siguien8te opción sólo aparecerá dependiendo del país
que haya seleccionado en el menú “Idioma/País”.
2

Tras seleccionar la opción Sistema, pulse . A continuación,
pulse
o
para seleccionar el sistema de televisión (B/G
para los países de Europa occidental o D/K para los de Europa
oriental). Pulse .

3

y, a continuación,
Tras seleccionar la opción Canal, pulse
pulse o
para seleccionar el tipo de canal (“C” para canales
terrestres o “S” para canales por cable). Pulse . A
continuación, pulse los botones numéricos para introducir
directamente el número del canal de la emisora de televisión o
el de la señal del canal de vídeo. Si no sabe el número del canal,
pulse
o
para buscarlo. Cuando encuentre el canal que
desea memorizar pulse
dos veces.
Repita todos estos pasos para sintonizar y memorizar más canales.

b) Aún cuando la sintonización fina automática (AFT) está siempre
activada, también puede ajustarla de forma manual para
obtener una mejor recepción de la imagen en caso de que ésta
aparezca distorsionada.
Para ello:
Mientras esté viendo el canal (emisora de televisión) en el que
deseerealizar la sintonización fina, seleccione la opción AFT y,
o
para ajustar el nivel de
a continuación, pulse . Pulse
frecuencia del canal entre –15 y +15. Finalmente, pulse
dos
veces para memorizarlo.
c) Omitir los números de programa que no desee para saltárselos
al seleccionarlos con los botones PROG +/–.
Para ello:
Resaltando la opción Programa, pulse PROG + o – hasta que
aparezca el número de programa que desea omitir. Cuando éste
aparezca en la pantalla, seleccione la opción Omitir y, a
o
para seleccionar Sí y
continuación, pulse . Pulse
finalmente, pulse
dos veces para memorizarlo.
Si más adelante desea anular esta función, seleccione de nuevo “No”
en lugar de “Sí”.

14

Sistema de menús en pantalla

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

master page=right
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 15 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:31 PM

Configuracíon
Configuración
Idioma/País
Rotación Imagen
Centrado RGB:

Sel.

Confirmar

Configuración
Idioma/País
Rotación Imagen
Centrado RGB:

0

Fin

Idioma/País

Sel.

Confirmar

El menu “Configuracíon“ le permite
modificar algunas de las
configuraciones de este televisor.

0

Fin

La opción de “Idioma/País” dentro del menú “Configuración”, le
permite seleccionar el idioma en que desea que aparezcan los menús
en la pantalla. También le permite seleccionar el país donde desea
utilizar el televisor.
Para ello:
Tras seleccionar la opción, pulse
y, a continuación, proceda tal y
como se indica en el capítulo “Encendido y Sintonización automática
del TV”, pasos 2 y 3 (ver página 8).

Rotación Imagen Debido al magnetismo terrestre, es posible que la imagen aparezca
(sólo para
inclinada. En este caso, puede reajustarla utilizando la opción de
KV-21CT1E)
“Rotación Imagen” dentro del menú “Configuración”.
Para ello:
Tras seleccionar la opción, pulse . Pulse
o
( o ) para
corregir la inclinación de la imagen y, por último, pulse
para
almacenarla.
Centrado RGB

ES

Al conectar una fuente de señales RGB, como una “PlayStation”,
puede que sea necesario ajustar el centrado horizontal de la imagen.
En este caso, puede ajustarla utilizando la opción de “Centrado RGB”
dentro del menú “Configuración”.
Para ello:
Mientras esté viendo una señal de entrada RGB seleccione la opción
o
para
“Centrado RGB”, y pulse . A continuación pulse
ajustar el centrado de la imagen entre –10 y +10. Finalmente, pulse
para memorizarlo.

Sistema de menús en pantalla

15

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

master page=left
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 16 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:31 PM

Teletexto
Teletexto es un servicio de información que transmiten la mayoría de las emisoras de
televisión. La página de índice del servicio de teletexto (página 100 por lo general)
proporciona información sobre cómo utilizar este servicio. Para operar dentro del teletexto,
utilice los botones del mando a distancia tal y como se indica en esta página.
Asegúrese de utilizar un canal de televisión con una señal fuerte, pues de lo contrario,
podrían producirse errores de teletexto.
Entrar en el servicio de Teletexto:
Tras seleccionar el canal (emisora de televisión) que transmita el servicio de
teletexto que desee ver, pulse
.

TELETEXT
Index
Programme
News
Sport
Weather

25
153

101
Seleccionar una página de Teletexto:
98
Introduzca los tres dígitos del número de página que desee ver, utilizando
los botones numéricos del mando a distancia.
• Si se equivoca, introduzca tres dígitos cualesquiera y, a continuación, vuelva a introducir el número
de pagina correcto.
• Si el contador de páginas no se detiene, es porque la página requerida no está disponible. En ese caso,
introduzca otro número de página.

Para comprobar el contenido de un servicio de Teletexto:
Pulse
.
Seleccionar la página siguiente o anterior:
Pulse
o
.
Superponer teletexto con la imagen de televisión:
Mientras esté viendo teletexto, pulse
. Púlselo de nuevo para salir del modo de teletexto.
Retener una página:
Algunas páginas de teletexto contienen subpáginas que van rotando automáticamente. Para
retener una subpágina, pulse
. Púlselo de nuevo para cancelar la retención.
Visualizar una información oculta (p. ej.: soluciones de adivinanzas):
Pulse
. Púlselo de nuevo para volver a ocultar la información.
Para ampliar la pantalla del Teletexto:
Pulse
. Cada vez que pulse este botón
, la pantalla del Teletexto cambiará del modo
siguiente: Aumentar la mitad superior t Aumentar la mitad inferior t Tamaño normal.
Para esperar a que aparezca una página de Teletexto mientras ve un programa de
televisión.
1 Introduzca el número de Teletexto de la página que desea consultar y, a continuación, pulse
.
2 Cuando aparezca el número de página, pulse
para ver el texto.
Salir del servicio de teletexto:
Pulse
.

Fastext
El servicio Fastext permite acceder a las páginas de teletexto mediante la pulsación de un
solo botón.
Estando dentro del servicio de teletexto y en caso de que se emitan señales de Fastext, en la
parte inferior de la pantalla aparece un menú de códigos de color que le permite acceder
directamente a una página. Para ello, pulse el botón de color correspondiente (rojo, verde,
amarillo o azul) del mando a distancia.

16

Teletexto

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

master page=right
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 17 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:31 PM

Conexión de equipos opcionales
Es posible conectar al televisor una amplia gama de equipos opcionales tal y como se
muestra a continuación (los cables de conexión no se suministran).

8mm/Hi8/
DVC
videocámara

DVD/Vídeo
1

2

“PlayStation”*
C

Al conectar los auriculares,
los altavoces del televisor se
desconectarán
automáticamente.

B

A

Descodificador
* “PlayStation” es un producto
de Sony Computer
Entertainment, Inc.
* “PlayStation” es una marca
registrada de Sony Computer
Entertainment, Inc.

ES

Conexión de un vídeo:
Para conectar un vídeo, consulte el capítulo “Conexión de una antena exterior y del vídeo”. Le
aconsejamos que conecte el vídeo utilizando un cable de Euroconector. Si no utiliza este cable,
tendrá que sintonizar manualmente el canal de la señal de vídeo mediante el menú de “Sintonía
Manual” (para ello, consulte el apartado a) de la página 14). Consulte también el manual de
instrucciones de su vídeo para ver cómo conseguir el canal de la señal de vídeo.

Manejo de los equipos opcionales
1
2
3

Conecte el equipo opcional al conector adecuado del televisor tal y como se indica arriba.
Encienda el equipo conectado.
Para ver la imagen del equipo conectado, pulse repetidamente el botón
aparezca en la pantalla el símbolo correcto de entrada.
Símbolo
1
1
2

4

hasta que

Señales de entrada
• Señal de entrada de audio/vídeo mediante el Euroconector C
• Señal de entrada RGB mediante el Euroconector C. Este símbolo sólo
aparece si ha conectado una entrada RGB.
• Señal de entrada de vídeo a través del conector RCA A y señal de
entrada de audio a través de B.

Para recuperar la imagen normal de televisión, pulse el botón

del mando a distancia.

Información complementaria

17

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

master page=left
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 18 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:31 PM

Especificaciones
El sistema de recepción de señales de estos televisores, cumplen la normativa requerida por la
ley española del Real Decreto 1160/89.
Sistema de TV:
Dependiendo del país que haya seleccionado:
B/G/H, D/K

Salida de sonido:
1 x 6 W (potencia musical)
1 x 3 W (RMS)

Sistema de color:
PAL, SECAM
NTSC 3.58, 4.43 (sólo entrada de vídeo)

Consumo de energía:
• KV-21CT1E: 56 W
• KV-14CT1E: 50 W

Cobertura de canales:
VHF:
E2-E12
UHF:
E21-E69
CATV: S1-S20
HYPER: S21-S41
D/K:
R1-R12, R21-R69

Consumo de energía en modo de
desconexión temporal (standby):
<1W

Tubo de imagen:
Pantalla Plana FD Trinitron
Terminales posteriores:
Euroconector de 21 pins (norma
CENELEC) incluidas entrada de
audio/vídeo, entrada RGB,
salida de audio/vídeo de TV.

i1/

Terminales frontales:
t2
entrada de vídeo – conector RCA
2
entrada de audio – conector RCA
toma para auriculares

Dimensiones (an x al x prf):
• KV-21CT1E: Approx. 497 x 461 x 487 mm
• KV-14CT1E: Approx. 374 x 355 x 420 mm
Peso:
• KV-21CT1E: Approx. 24 kg
• KV-14CT1E: Approx. 11 kg
Accesorios suministrados:
1 Mando a distancia (RM-W100)
2 Pilas de norma IEC.
1 Antena telescópica (sólo para KV-14CT1E)
Otras características:
• Teletexto, Fastext, TOPtext.
• Desconexión automática.
• Conexión automática.

Diseñi y especificaciones sujetos a cambios sin previo aviso.
Paper Ecológico - Libre de cloro

18

Información complementaria

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

master page=right
01ESKV21CT1E.fm Page 19 Friday, July 4, 2003 3:31 PM

Solución de problemas
A continuación se ofrecen algunas soluciones sencillas para resolver problemas
relacionados con la imagen y el sonido.
Problema

Solución

Ausencia de imagen (la pantalla
aparece oscura) y sin sonido.

• Compruebe la conexión de la antena.
• Enchufe el televisor y pulse el botón ! de la parte
frontal del aparato.

• Si el indicador 1 del televisor está encendido, pulse
el botón &/1 del mando a distancia.
La imagen es deficiente o inexistente • Mediante el sistema de menús, entre en el menú de
pero la calidad de sonido es buena.
Ausencia de imagen o del menú de
información del equipo opcional
conectado al Euroconector de la
parte posterior del televisor.

“Ajuste de la Imagen” y seleccione “Preestablecido”
para recuperar los ajustes de fábrica (ver página 10).

• Asegúrese que ha encendido el equipo opcional y
pulse varias veces el botón
del mando a distancia
hasta que el símbolo de entrada correcto aparezca en
la pantalla (ver página 17).

Buena calidad de imagen pero no
hay sonido.

• Pulse el botón
+ del mando a distancia.
• Compruebe que los auriculares están desconectados.
Los programas en color no se ven en • Mediante el sistema de menús, entre en el menú de
color.

“Ajuste de la Imagen” y seleccione “Preestablecido”
para recuperar los ajustes de fábrica (ver página 10).

La imagen aparece distorsionada al
cambiar de programa o al
seleccionar el teletexto.

• Apague el equipo conectado al Euroconector de 21

Caracteres erróneos en las páginas
de teletexto.

• Mediante el sistema de menús, seleccione la opción

La imagen aparece inclinada.
(sólo para KV-21CT1E)

• Mediante el sistema de menús, seleccione la opción

Imagen con ruido.

• Mediante el sistema de menús, seleccione la opción

ES

pins de la parte posterior del televisor.

“Idioma/País” y seleccione el país en el cual está
operando el televisor (ver página 15).
“Rotación Imagen” dentro del menú de
“Configuración” y corrija la inclinación
(ver página 15).
“AFT” dentro del menú de “Sintonía Manual” y
ajuste la sintonización manualmente para obtener
una mejor recepción de la imagen (ver página 14).
• Mediante el sistema de menús, seleccione la opción
“Imagen inteligente” dentro del menú de “Imagen” y
seleccione “Si” para atenuar el ruido de imagen
(ver página 10).

El mando a distancia no funciona.
El indicador de modo de espera 1
parpadeará en rojo en el televisor.

• Cambie las pilas.
• Póngase en contacto con el servicio técnico de Sony
más cercano.

En caso de averías, haga que personal especializado examine el televisor.
No abra nunca el aparato.

Información complementaria

19

KV-14CT1E_BCNMixU3_ES
4-093-927-32(1)

01CoverKV21CT1U.fm Page 2 Thursday, July 3, 2003 10:06 AM

4-093-927-52(1)
R

FD Trinitron
Colour Television
Instruction Manual

KV-21CT1U
KV-14CT1U
© 2003 Sony Corporation

GB

master page=left
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 2 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

NOTICE FOR CUSTOMERS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM
A moulded plug complying with BS1363 is fitted to this equipment for your safety and
convenience.
Should the fuse in the plug supplied need to be replaced, a 5 AMP fuse approved by ASTA or
BSI to BS 1362 (i.e. marked with
or
) must be used.
When an alternative type of plug is used it should be fitted with a 5 AMP FUSE, otherwise the
circuit should be protected by a 5 AMP FUSE at the distribution board.
If the plug supplied with this equipment has a detachable fuse cover, be sure to attach the fuse
cover after you change the fuse. Never use the plug without the fuse cover. If you should lose
the fuse cover, please contact your nearest Sony service centre.

How to replace the fuse
Open the fuse compartment with a blade screwdriver, and replace the fuse.
•

IMPORTANT
If the plug supplied is not suitable for the socket outlets in your home, it should be cut off and
an appropriate plug fitted in accordance with the following instructions:
The wires in this mains lead are coloured in accordance with the following code:
Blue
Neutral
Brown
Live
As the colours of the wires in the mains lead of this apparatus may not correspond with the
coloured markings identifying the terminals in your plug, proceed as follows:
The wire which is coloured blue must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the
letter N or coloured black. The wire which is coloured brown must be connected to the
terminal which is marked with the letter L or coloured red. Do not connect either wire to the
earth terminal in the plug which is marked by the letter E or by the safety earth symbol
or coloured green or green and yellow.

WARNING
• To prevent shock hazard, do not insert the plug cut off from the mains lead into a socket outlet.
This plug cannot be used and should be destroyed.
• To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the unit to rain or moisture.
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the set. Do not open the cabinet. Refer servicing
to qualified personnel only.

2

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=right
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 3 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Introduction
Thank you for choosing this Sony FD Trinitron Colour Television.
Before operating the TV, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it for future
reference.

Symbols used in the manual:
•

Important information.

•

Information on a feature.

•

• 1,2...Sequence of instructions.
•

Shaded buttons on the remote
control show you the buttons you
have to press to follow the sequence
of the instructions.
Informs you of the result of
instructions.

Table of Contents
Notice for Customers in the United Kingdom ................................................................................... 2
Introduction............................................................................................................................................. 3
Safety Information .... ..............................................................................................................................4

Overview
Overview of Remote Control Buttons .... .............................................................................................5
Overview of TV Buttons ........................................................................................................................ 6

GB

Installation
Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control ....................................................................................... 6
Connecting an Indoor Aerial (only for KV-14CT1U) ........................................................................ 7
Connecting an Outdoor Aerial and VCR ............................................................................................ 7

First Time Operation
Switching On the TV and Automatically Tuning .............................................................................. 8

Menu System
Introducing and Using the Menu System ......................................................................................... 10
Picture............................................................................................................................................... 10
Sound ................................................................................................................................................ 11
Timer................................................................................................................................................. 12
Channel Set Up ............................................................................................................................... 13
Set Up ............................................................................................................................................... 15

Teletext ................................................................................................................................................ 16
Additional Information
Connecting Optional Equipment ....................................................................................................... 17
Using Optional Equipment ................................................................................................................. 17
Specifications ......................................................................................................................................... 18
Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................................... 19
Television Channel Number Guide for United Kingdom .............................................................. 20

Table of Contents

3

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=left
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 4 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Safety Information

For environmental and safety
reasons, it is recommended that
the TV set is not left in standby
mode when not in use.
Disconnect from the mains.

Do not open the cabinet and the
rear cover of the TV. Refer to
qualified service personnel only.

For your own safety, do not
touch any part of the TV, power
lead or aerial lead during
lightning storms.

To prevent fire or shock hazard,
do not expose the TV to rain or
moisture.

Do not cover the ventilation
openings of the TV. For
ventilation, leave a space of at
least 10cm all around the set.

Never place the TV in hot, humid
or excessively dusty places. Do
not install the TV where it may be
exposed to mechanical
vibrations.

To prevent fire, keep
inflammable objects or naked
lights (e.g. candles) away from
the TV.

Pull out the power lead by the
plug. Do not pull on the power
lead itself.

Take care not to place heavy
objects on the power lead as this
could result in damage.
We recommend you wind any
excess lead around the holders
provided on the rear of the TV.

Unplug the power lead before
moving the TV. Avoid uneven
surfaces, quick steps or excessive
force. If the set has been dropped
or damaged, have it checked
immediately by qualified service
personnel.

Do not cover the ventilation
openings of the TV with items
such as curtains or newspapers,
etc.

Clean the screen and cabinet with a
soft, lightly dampened cloth. Do
not use any type of abrasive pad,
alkaline cleaner, scouring powder
or solvent, such as alcohol or
benzine, or antistatic spray. As a
safety precaution, unplug the TV
before cleaning it.

Place the TV on a secure stable
stand. Do not allow children to
climb on to it. Do not place the
TV on its side or face up.

4

Never push objects of any kind
into the set as this could result in
a fire or electric shock. Never
spill liquid of any kind on the
set. If any liquid or solid object
does fall through, do not operate
the TV. Have it checked immediately by qualified personnel.

This set is to operate on a 220240V AC supply only. Take care
not to connect too many
appliances to the same power
socket as this could result in fire
or electric shock.

Safety Information

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=right
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 5 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Overview of Remote Control Buttons
Displaying on screen
information
Press to display all on-screen
indications. Press again to
cancel.
Muting the sound
Press to mute TV sound.
Press again to restore the
sound.
Selecting input source
Press repeatedly until the
desired input symbol of the
source appears on the TV
screen.
This button only works in
Teletext mode.
Function A/B associated to this
button does not work with this TV.
Selecting channels
Press to select channels.
For double-digit programme
numbers, enter the second
digit within 3 seconds.
or
Press -/-- and then the first
and second digit.
If you enter an incorrect first
digit, this should be corrected
by entering another digit (0-9)
and then selecting -/-- button
again to enter the programme
number of your choice.
On timer
Set TV to switch on
automatically.
Sleep timer
Set TV to switch off
automatically.
This button does not work
on this set.
Adjusting TV volume
Press to adjust the volume of
the TV.
This button only works in
Teletext mode.
Function 9 associated to this
button does not work with this TV.
Selecting picture mode
Press repeatedly to change
the picture mode.

To temporarily switch off TV
Press to temporarily switch off TV (the standby
indicator 1 on TV lights up). Press again to switch on
TV from standby mode.
To save energy we recommend
switching off completely
when TV is not in use.
After 15 minutes
without a signal and
without any button
being pressed, the TV
switches automatically
into standby mode.
A/B
Selecting TV mode
Press to switch off teletext or
video input.
3
1
2
Back to the channel last
watched
6
4
5
Press to watch the last
channel selected (watched for
9
7
8
at least 5 seconds).
Selecting channels
0
Press to select the next or
PROG
previous channel.
Displaying the menu
system
Press to display the menu on
the TV screen. Press again to
remove the menu display
MENU
from the TV screen.
Menu selection
Scroll Up
Scroll Down
Previous menu or
selection
Next menu or selection
Confirm your selection
Selecting Teletext
Press to switch on teletext.
TV
Selecting screen format
Press to view programmes in
16:9 mode. Press again to
return to 4:3 mode.

GB

Besides TV functions, all coloured buttons as well as green symbols are also used for Teletext
operation. For more details, please refer to “Teletext” section of this instruction manual (see page 16).
Overview

5

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=left
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 6 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Overview of TV Buttons

Displaying Selecting
Input
the menu
source
system

Lift up the door Standby
flap with
indicator
mark to
reveal the
control panel.

On/Off
switch

Video Input
jack

Volume
control
buttons

Programme Up or
Down buttons
(selects TV
channels)

Audio Input Headphone
jack
jack

Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control
Make sure you insert the supplied batteries using the correct polarities.
Always remember to dispose of used batteries in an environmental friendly way.

6

Overview-Installation

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=right
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 7 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Connecting an Indoor Aerial (only for KV-14CT1U)
For a better reception we recommend you connect an external aerial. However, where an
external aerial is not available and your local UHF signal is strong, you can connect the
supplied loop aerial as follows:

1 Insert the loop aerial into the opening on top of the set until it clicks.

2 Connect the aerial connector to the aerial socket on the rear of the set.

3 After switching on the TV, adjust the aerial for optimum reception.
GB

Connecting an Outdoor Aerial and VCR
Connecting cables are not supplied.

or

VCR
OUT

IN

Scart lead is optional.
For more details of VCR connection, please refer to the section “Connecting Optional
Equipment” of this instruction manual (see page 17).

Installation

7

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=left
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 8 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Switching On the TV and Automatically Tuning
The first time you switch on your TV, a sequence of menu screens appear on the TV
enabling you to: 1) choose the language of the menu screen, 2) search and store all available
channels (TV Broadcast), 3) change the order in which the channels (TV Broadcast) appear
on the screen and 4) adjust the picture slant (only for KV-21CT1U).
However, if you need to change any of these settings at a later date, you can do that by
selecting the appropriate option in the
(Set Up) or
(Channel Set Up) menu.

1 Connect the TV plug to the mains socket (220-240V AC, 50Hz).
Press ! On/Off button on the TV set to switch on the TV. The
first time you switch on the TV, a Language menu displays
automatically on the TV screen.

2 Press 2 +/– button on the top control panel to select the language,
then press t to confirm your selection. From now on all menus
will appear in the selected language.

3 Ensure the aerial is connected as instructed, then press t to
confirm. The TV automatically starts searching and storing all
available broadcast channels for you.
• This procedure could take some minutes. Please be patient
and do not press any buttons, otherwise automatic tuning
will not be completed.
• If no channels were found during the auto tuning process, a
new menu appears automatically on the screen asking you
to connect the aerial. Please connect the aerial (see page 7)
and press t. The auto tuning process will start again.

Language
Svenska
Norsk
English
Nederlands
Français
Select language
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t]

Initial Set Up
First please connect aerial
Do you want to start automatic
tuning?
Yes
No
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t]

Auto Tuning
No channel found
Please connect aerial
OK

Confirm [t] End [MENU]

8

First Time Operation

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=right
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 9 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

4 After all available channels are captured and stored, the
Programme Sorting menu appears automatically on the screen
enabling you to change the order in which the channels appear on
the screen.

a) If you wish to keep the broadcast channels in the tuned order,
press MENU.

Programme Sorting
Programme:
01 TVE
02 TVE2
03 TV3
04 C33
Select channel
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] Exit [MENU]

b) If you wish to store the channels in a different order:
1 Press 2 +/– to select the programme number with the
channel (TV Broadcast) you wish to rearrange, then press
t.
2 Press 2 +/– to select the new programme number position
for your selected channel (TV Broadcast), then press t.

Programme Sorting
Programme:
01 TVE
02 TVE2
03 TV3
04 C33
03 TV3
Select new position
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] Exit [MENU]

3 Repeat steps b)1 and b)2 if you wish to change the order of
the other channels.

5

The following option is only available for KV-21CT1U.
Because of the earth’s magnetism, the picture might slant. The
Picture Rotation menu allows you to correct the picture slants if it
is necessary.

a) If it is not necessary, press t.
b) If it is necessary, press 2 +/– to correct any slant of the

Picture Rotation
[– 2]

[2+]

Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] End [MENU]

GB

picture. Finally press t to store.
• To allow this menu to appear again, press and hold MENU button at top control panel for
about 5 seconds.
• The MENU,
and / / / buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations above.
Your TV is now ready for use.

First Time Operation

9

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=left
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 10 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Introducing and Using the Menu System
Your TV uses an on-screen menu system to guide you through the operations. Use the
following buttons on the Remote Control to operate the menu system:

1 Press MENU to switch the menu on.

2 • To highlight the desired menu or option, press
• To enter to the selected menu or option, press
• To return to the last menu or option, press .
• To alter settings of your selected option, press
• To confirm and store your selection, press
.

.

or
.
/

/

or

.

3 Press MENU to remove the menu from the screen.

Picture

Intelligent Picture:

Select

Confirm

The “Picture” menu allows you to
alter the picture adjustments.

Picture
Live
Mode:
Picture Adjustment
Intelligent Picture: On

Picture
Mode:
Live
Picture Adjustment
On

End

Select

Confirm

End

To do this:
After selecting the item you want to
alter, press , then press / /
or
repeatedly to adjust it and
finally press
to store the new
adjustment.
This menu also allows you to
customize the picture mode based
on the programme you are
watching:

Mode

Live (for enhanced picture contrast and sharpness).
Movie (for a finely detailed picture).
Game (for a picture from game).
Personal (for your own custom settings).

Picture
Adjustment

Contrast

Press
Press

or
or

to reduce picture contrast.
to enhance picture contrast.

Brightness

Press
Press

or
or

to darken the picture.
to brighten the picture.

Colour

Press
Press

or
or

to decrease colour intensity.
to increase colour intensity.

10

Menu System

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=right
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 11 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Press
Press

Hue

or
or

to decrease the green tones.
to increase the green tones.

Hue can only be adjusted for NTSC colour signal (e.g. USA video tapes).

Intelligent
Picture

Sharpness

Press
Press

or
or

to soften the picture.
to sharpen the picture.

Reset

Select

On/Off

Select to optimize the picture quality.
E.g. reduce noise level when signal is weak.

to reset the picture to the factory preset levels.

If any changes are made to “Picture Adjustment”, “Mode” will switch automatically to
“Personal” and the new setting will be stored as “Personal”.

Sound
Sound
Auto Volume:

Sound
Auto Volume:

Off

The “Sound” menu allows you to
alter the sound adjustments.

Off

GB
Select

Confirm

End

Select

Confirm

End

Auto Volume On/Off
Volume level of the channels will stay the same, independent of the broadcast
signal (e.g. in the case of advertisements).

Menu System

11

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=left
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 12 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Timer
Timer
Sleep Timer:
On Timer:

Select

Timer
Sleep Timer:
On Timer:

Off
Off

Confirm

End

Sleep Timer

Select

Confirm

The “Timer” menu allows you to alter
the timer adjustments.

Off
Off

End

The “Sleep Timer” option in the “Timer” menu allows you to select
a time period for the TV to switch itself automatically into the
standby mode.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press , then press
or
to set the
time period delay (max. of 1 hour and 30 minutes) and finally press
to store.
• While watching the TV, you can press the
button on
the remote control to display the time remaining.
• One minute before the TV switches itself into standby
mode, “TV will turn off soon” is displayed on the TV
screen automatically.

On Timer

The “On Timer” option in the “Timer” menu allows you to select a
time period for the TV to switch itself automatically on from
standby mode.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press , then press
or
to set the
time period delay (max. of 12 hours) and finally press
to store.
Finally press the standby button &/1 on the remote control. After
the selected length of time, the TV switches on automatically and
“On Timer” will appear on the screen.
• The standby indicator 1 on the TV set lights up in amber
to indicate that “On Timer” is active.
• Any loss of power will cause these settings to be cleared.
• If no buttons are pressed for more than one hour after the
TV is turned on using the “On Timer”, the TV
automatically goes into standby mode.

12

Menu System

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=right
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 13 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Channel Set Up

Select

Confirm

The “Channel Set Up” menu allows
you to preset channels on this TV.

Channel Set Up
Auto Tuning
Programme Sorting
Programme Labels
Manual Programme Preset

Channel Set Up
Auto Tuning
Programme Sorting
Programme Labels
Manual Programme Preset

End

Auto Tuning

Select

Confirm

End

The “Auto Tuning” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu allows
you to automatically search and store all available TV channels.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press
and then proceed in the same
way as in the step 3 of the section “Switching On the TV and
Automatically Tuning” (see page 8).

Programme
Sorting

The “Programme Sorting” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu
allows you to change the order in which the channels (TV
Broadcast) appear on the screen.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press
and then proceed in the same
way as in step 4b) of the section “Switching On the TV and
Automatically Tuning” (see page 9).

GB

Programme Labels The “Programme Labels” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu
allows you to name a channel using up to five characters (letters or
numbers).
To do this:
or
to select the
1 After selecting the option, press . Press
programme number with the channel you wish to name, then
press
.
2 Press . With the first element of the label column
highlighted, press
or
to select a letter or number (select
to confirm this character. Select
“_” for a blank), then press
the other four characters in the same way. Finally press
to
store.
continued...

Menu System

13

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=left
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 14 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Manual
Programme
Preset

The “Manual Programme Preset” option in the “Channel Set Up”
menu allows you to:
a) Preset channels or a video input source one by one to the
programme order of your choice.
To do this:
1 After selecting the “Manual Programme Preset” option, press
. Highlight the Programme option and press . Press
or
to select a programme number on which you want to preset
the channel (for VCR, select programme number “0”), then
press .
2

After selecting the Channel option, press . Then press the
number buttons to directly enter the channel number of the TV
Broadcast. If you do not know the channel number, press or
to search for it. When you tune the desired channel, press
twice to store.
Repeat all the above steps to tune and store more channels.

b) Normally the automatic fine tuning (AFT) will give the best
possible picture, however you can manually fine tune the TV to
obtain a better picture if the picture is distorted.
To do this:
While watching the channel (TV Broadcast) you wish to fine
or
to
tune, select the AFT option and press . Next press
adjust the fine tuning between -15 and +15. Finally press
twice to store.
c) Skip any unwanted programme numbers when they are selected
with the PROG +/– button.
To do this:
Highlighting the Programme option, press PROG +/– to select
the programme number you want to skip. When the
programme you want to skip appears on the screen, select the
or
to select Yes.
Skip option and press . Next press
Finally press
twice to confirm and store.
To cancel this function afterwards, select No instead of Yes in the step
above.

14

Menu System

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=right
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 15 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Set Up
Set Up
Language
Picture Rotation
RGB Centring:

Select

Set Up
Language
Picture Rotation
RGB Centring:

0

Confirm

End

Language

Select

Confirm

The “Set Up” menu allows you to
alter various options on this TV.
0

End

The “Language” option in the “Set Up” menu allows you to select the
language that the menus are displayed in.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press and then proceed in the same way
as in the step 2 of the section “Switching On the TV and Automatically
Tuning” (see page 8).

Picture Rotation Because of the earth’s magnetism, the picture might slant. In this case,
you can correct the picture slant by using the option “Picture
(only for
Rotation” in the “Set Up” menu.
KV-21CT1U)
To do this:
After selecting the option, press . Press
or (
any slant of the picture. Finally press
to store.
RGB Centring

or

) to correct

When connecting an RGB source, such as a “PlayStation”, you may
need to readjust the horizontal position of the picture. In that case, you
can readjust it through the “RGB Centring” option in the “Set Up”
menu.
To do this:
While watching an RGB source, select the “RGB Centring” option and
press . Press
or
to adjust the centre of the picture between -10
and +10. Finally press
to confirm and store.

Menu System

15

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

GB

master page=left
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 16 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Teletext
Teletext is an information service transmitted by most TV stations. The index page of the
Teletext service (usually page 100) gives you information on how to use the service. To
operate Teletext, use the remote control buttons as indicated below.
Be sure to use a channel (TV Broadcast) with a strong signal, otherwise Teletext errors may
occur.
To switch on Teletext:
After selecting the TV channel which carries the Teletext service you wish to
view, press
.

TELETEXT
Index
Programme
News
Sport
Weather

25
153

101
To select a Teletext page:
98
Input 3 digits for the page number, using the numbered buttons.
• If you have made a mistake, retype the correct page number.
• If the counter on the screen continues searching, it is because this page is not available. In that case,
input another page number.

To check the contents of a Teletext service:
Press
.
To access the next or preceding page:
Press
or
.
To superimpose teletext on to the TV:
Whilst you are viewing Teletext, press

. Press it again to cancel Teletext mode.

To freeze a teletext page:
Some Teletext pages have sub-pages which follow on automatically. To stop them, press
. Press it again to cancel the freeze.
To reveal concealed information (e.g., answer to a quiz):
Press
. Press it again to conceal the information.
To enlarge the Teletext display:
Press
. Each time you press
, the Teletext display changes as follows: Enlarge upper
half t Enlarge lower half t Normal size.
To stand by for a Teletext page while watching a TV program.
1 Enter the Teletext number that you want to refer to, then press
.
2 When the page number is displayed, press
to show the Text.
To switch off Teletext:
Press
.

Fastext
Fastext service lets you access pages with one push of a button.
While you are in Teletext mode and Fastext is broadcast, a colour coded menu appears at
the bottom of the teletext page. Press the colour button (red, green, yellow or blue) to access
the corresponding page.

16

Teletext

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=right
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 17 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Connecting Optional Equipment
Using the following instructions, you can connect a wide range of optional equipment to
your TV set (connecting cables are not supplied).

8mm/Hi8/
DVC
camcorder

DVD/VCR
1

2

“PlayStation”*

C

A

When you connect the
headphones, the TV
speakers will
automatically be muted

B

decoder
* “PlayStation” is a product
of Sony Computer
Entertainment, Inc.
* “PlayStation” is a trademark
of Sony Computer
Entertainment, Inc.

GB

Connecting a VCR:
To connect a VCR, please refer to the section “Connecting an outdoor aerial and VCR” of this
instruction manual. We recommend you connect your VCR using a Scart lead. If you do not
have a Scart lead, tune in the VCR test signal to the TV programme number “0” by using the
“Manual Programme Preset” option (for details on how to manually programme these presets,
see page 14, step a).
Refer to your VCR instruction manual to find out how to find the output channel of your VCR.

Using Optional Equipment
1
2
3

Connect your equipment to the designated TV socket, as indicated above.
Switch on the connected equipment.
To watch the picture of the connected equipment, press
input symbol appears on the screen.
Symbol
1
1
2

4

Press

repeatedly until the correct

Input Signals
• Audio / video input signal through the Scart connector C
• RGB input signal through the Scart connector C. This symbol appears
only if a RGB source has been connected.
• Video input signal through the phono socket A and Audio input signal
through B.
button on the remote control to return to the normal TV picture.

Additional Information

17

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=left
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 18 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Specifications
TV system:
I
Colour system:
PAL, SECAM
NTSC 3.58, 4.43 (only Video In)
Channel Coverage:
UHF B21-B69
Picture Tube:
Flat Display FD Trinitron
Rear Terminals
i1/
21-pin Scart connector
(CENELEC standard) including
audio/video input, RGB input,
TV audio/video output.
Front Terminals
t2
video input – phono jack
2
audio input – phono jack
headphone jack

Sound Output:
1 x 6 W (music power)
1 x 3 W (RMS)
Power Consumption:
• KV-21CT1U: 56 W
• KV-14CT1U: 50 W
Standby Power Consumption:
<1W
Dimensions (w x h x d):
• KV-21CT1U: Approx. 497 x 461 x 487 mm
• KV-14CT1U: Approx. 374 x 355 x 420 mm
Weight:
• KV-21CT1U: Approx. 24 kg
• KV-14CT1U: Approx. 11 kg
Accessories supplied:
1 Remote Control (RM-W100)
2 Batteries (IEC designated)
1 Loop aerial (only for KV-14CT1U)
Other features:
• Teletext, Fastext, TOPtext
• Sleep Timer
• On Timer

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Ecological Paper- Totally Chlorine Free

18

Additional Information

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=right
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 19 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Troubleshooting
Here are some simple solutions to the problems which may affect the picture and sound.
Problem

Solution

No picture (screen is dark) and no
sound.

• Check the aerial connection.
• Plug the TV in and press the ! button on the front of
TV.
• If the standby indicator 1 is on, press &/1 button on
the remote control.

Poor or no picture (screen is dark),
but good sound.

• Using the menu system, select the “Picture
Adjustment” menu and select “Reset” to return to the
factory settings (see page 10).

No picture or no menu information
from equipment connected to the
Scart connector.

• Check that the optional equipment is on and press
repeatedly on the remote control until the correct
input symbol is displayed on the screen (see page 17).

Good picture, no sound.

• Press the
+ button on the remote control.
• Check that the headphones are not connected.

No colour on colour programmes.

• Using the menu system, select the “Picture
Adjustment” menu and select “Reset” to return to
factory settings (see page 10).

GB

Distorted picture when changing
programmes or selecting teletext.

• Turn off any equipment connected to the Scart
connector on the rear of the TV.

Picture slanted
(only for KV-21CT1U).

• Using the menu system, select the “Picture Rotation”
option in the “Set Up” menu to correct the picture
slant (see page 15).

Noisy picture when viewing a TV
channel.

• Using the menu system, select the “Manual
Programme Preset” menu and adjust Fine Tuning
(AFT) to obtain better picture reception (see page 14).
• Using the menu system, select the “Intelligent
Picture” option in the “Picture” menu and select
“On” to reduce the noise in the picture (see page 10).

Remote control does not function.

• Replace the batteries.

The standby indicator 1 on the TV
flashes red.

• Contact your nearest Sony service centre.

In case of problems, have your TV serviced by qualified personnel. Never open the casing
yourself.

Additional Information

19

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

master page=left
02GBKV21CT1U.fm Page 20 Thursday, July 3, 2003 9:57 AM

Television Channel Number Guide for United Kingdom
Only the main transmitters are listed. Information regarding the regional sub-relay channel
numbers can be obtained by contacting The BBC Engineering Information Dept., Telephone
Number 020 7852 5040.

20

Additional Information

KV-21CT1U_Grp U5_GB
4-093-927-52(1)

01CoverKV21CT1U.fm Page 1 Thursday, July 3, 2003 10:06 AM

KV-21CT1U

Sony España, S.A.
Printed in Spain

01CoverKV21CT1K.fm Page 2 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 9:31 AM

4-093-927-62(1)
R

FD Trinitron
Colour Television
Instruction Manual

GB

Инструкции за експлоатация

BG

Návod k obsluze

CZ

Kezelési útmutató

HU

Instrukcja obsługi

PL

Инструкция по эксплуатации

RU

Návod na obsluhu

SK

KV-21CT1K
KV-14CT1K
© 2003 Sony Corporation

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 3 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

Introduction
Thank you for choosing this Sony FD Trinitron Colour Television.
Before operating the TV, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it for future
reference.

Symbols used in the manual:
•

Important information.

•

Information on a feature.

•

• 1,2...Sequence of instructions.
•

Shaded buttons on the remote control
show you the buttons you have to
press to follow the sequence of the
instructions.
Informs you of the result of
instructions.

Table of Contents
Introduction............................................................................................................................................. 3
Safety Information .... ..............................................................................................................................4

Overview
Overview of Remote Control Buttons .... .............................................................................................5
Overview of TV Buttons ........................................................................................................................ 6

Installation

GB

Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control ....................................................................................... 6
Connecting an Indoor Aerial (only for KV-14CT1K)......................................................................... 7
Connecting an Outdoor Aerial and VCR ............................................................................................ 7

First Time Operation
Switching On the TV and Automatically Tuning .............................................................................. 8

Menu system
Introducing and Using the Menu System ......................................................................................... 10
Picture............................................................................................................................................... 10
Sound ................................................................................................................................................ 11
Timer................................................................................................................................................. 12
Channel Set Up ............................................................................................................................... 13
Set Up ............................................................................................................................................... 15

Teletext ................................................................................................................................................ 16
Additional Information
Connecting Optional Equipment ....................................................................................................... 17
Using Optional Equipment ................................................................................................................. 17
Specifications ......................................................................................................................................... 18
Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................................... 19

Table of Contents

3

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 4 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

Safety Information

For environmental and safety
reasons, it is recommended that
the TV set is not left in standby
mode when not in use.
Disconnect from the mains.

Do not open the cabinet and the
rear cover of the TV. Refer to
qualified service personnel only.

For your own safety, do not
touch any part of the TV, power
lead or aerial lead during
lightning storms.

To prevent fire or shock hazard,
do not expose the TV to rain or
moisture.

Do not cover the ventilation
openings of the TV. For
ventilation, leave a space of at
least 10cm all around the set.

Never place the TV in hot, humid
or excessively dusty places. Do
not install the TV where it may
be exposed to mechanical
vibrations.

To prevent fire, keep
inflammable objects or naked
lights (e.g. candles) away from
the TV.

Pull out the power lead by the
plug. Do not pull on the power
lead itself.

Take care not to place heavy
objects on the power lead as this
could result in damage.
We recommend you wind any
excess lead around the holders
provided on the rear of the TV.

Unplug the power lead before
moving the TV. Avoid uneven
surfaces, quick steps or excessive
force. If the set has been dropped
or damaged, have it checked
immediately by qualified service
personnel.

Do not cover the ventilation
openings of the TV with items
such as curtains or newspapers,
etc.

Clean the screen and cabinet with a
soft, lightly dampened cloth. Do
not use any type of abrasive pad,
alkaline cleaner, scouring powder
or solvent, such as alcohol or
benzine, or antistatic spray. As a
safety precaution, unplug the TV
before cleaning it.

Place the TV on a secure stable
stand. Do not allow children to
climb on to it. Do not place the
TV on its side or face up.

4

Never push objects of any kind
into the set as this could result in
a fire or electric shock. Never
spill liquid of any kind on the
set. If any liquid or solid object
does fall through, do not operate
the TV. Have it checked immediately by qualified personnel.

This set is to operate on a 220240V AC supply only. Take care
not to connect too many
appliances to the same power
socket as this could result in fire
or electric shock.

Safety Information

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 5 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

Overview of Remote Control Buttons
Displaying on screen
information
Press to display all on-screen
indications. Press again to
cancel.
Muting the sound
Press to mute TV sound.
Press again to restore the
sound.
Selecting input source
Press repeatedly until the
desired input symbol of the
source appears on the TV
screen.
This button only works in
Teletext mode.
Function A/B associated to this
button does not work with this TV.
Selecting channels
Press to select channels.
For double-digit programme
numbers, enter the second
digit within 3 seconds.
or
Press -/-- and then the first
and second digit.
If you enter an incorrect first
digit, this should be corrected
by entering another digit (0-9)
and then selecting -/-- button
again to enter the programme
number of your choice.
On timer
Set TV to switch on
automatically.
Sleep timer
Set TV to switch off
automatically.
This button does not work
on this set.
Adjusting TV volume
Press to adjust the volume
of the TV.
This button only works in
Teletext mode.
Function 9 associated to this
button does not work with this TV.
Selecting picture mode
Press repeatedly to change
the picture mode.

To temporarily switch off TV
Press to temporarily switch off TV (the standby
indicator 1 on TV lights up). Press again to switch on
TV from standby mode.
To save energy we recommend
switching off completely
when TV is not in use.
After 15 minutes
without a signal and
without any button
being pressed, the TV
switches automatically
into standby mode.
A/B
Selecting TV mode
Press to switch off teletext or
video input.
3
1
2
Back to the channel last
watched
6
4
5
Press to watch the last
channel selected (watched for
9
7
8
at least 5 seconds).
Selecting channels
0
Press to select the next or
PROG
previous channel.
Displaying the menu
system
Press to display the menu on
the TV screen. Press again to
remove the menu display
MENU
from the TV screen.
Menu selection
Scroll Up
Scroll Down
Previous menu or
selection
Next menu or selection
Confirm your selection
Selecting Teletext
Press to switch on teletext.
TV
Selecting screen format
Press to view programmes in
16:9 mode. Press again to
return to 4:3 mode.

GB

Besides TV functions, all coloured buttons as well as green symbols are also used for
Teletext operation. For more details, please refer to “Teletext” section of this instruction
manual (see page 16).
Overview

5

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 6 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

Overview of TV Buttons

Displaying Selecting
the menu Input
source
system

Lift up the door
flap with
mark to reveal
the control
panel.

Standby
indicator

On/Off
switch

Video Input
jack

Volume
control
buttons

Programme Up or
Down buttons
(selects TV
channels)

Audio Input
jack

Headphone
jack

Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control
Make sure you insert the supplied batteries using the correct polarities.
Always remember to dispose of used batteries in an environmental friendly way.

6

Overview-Installation

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 7 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

Connecting an Indoor Aerial (only for KV-14CT1K)
For a better reception we recommend you connect an external aerial. However, where an
external aerial is not available and your local VHF/UHF signal is strong, you can connect
the supplied indoor aerial as follows:

1 Insert the aerial into the opening on top of the set until it clicks.

2 Connect the aerial connector to the aerial socket on the rear of the
set.

GB

3 After switching on the TV, adjust the aerial for optimum reception.

Connecting an Outdoor Aerial and VCR
Connecting cables are not supplied.

or

VCR
OUT

IN

Scart lead is optional.
For more details of VCR connection, please refer to the section “Connecting Optional
Equipment” of this instruction manual (see page 17).
Installation

7

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 8 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

Switching On the TV and Automatically Tuning
The first time you switch on your TV, a sequence of menu screens appear on the TV
enabling you to: 1) choose the language of the menu screen, 2) choose the country in which
you wish to operate the TV, 3) search and store all available channels (TV Broadcast), 4)
change the order in which the channels (TV Broadcast) appear on the screen and 5) adjust
the picture slant (only for KV-21CT1K).
However, if you need to change any of these settings at a later date, you can do that by
selecting the appropriate option in the
(Set Up) or
(Channel Set Up) menu.

1 Connect the TV plug to the mains socket (220-240 V AC, 50 Hz).
Press ! On/Off button on the TV set to switch on the TV. The
first time you switch on the TV, a Language menu displays
automatically on the TV screen.

2 Press 2 +/– button on the top control panel to select the language,
then press t to confirm your selection. From now on all menus
will appear in the selected language.

Language
Svenska
Norsk
English
Nederlands
Français
Select language
Select [–2+]

3 The Country menu appears automatically on the TV screen. Press
2 +/– button to select the country in which you will operate the
TV set, then press t to confirm your selection.
• If the country in which you want to use the TV set does not
appear in the list, select “-” instead of a country.
• In order to avoid wrong teletext characters for Cyrillic
languages we recommend to select Russia in the case that
your own country does not appear in the list.

4 Ensure the aerial is connected as instructed, then press t to
confirm. The TV automatically starts searching and storing all
available broadcast channels for you.
•This procedure could take some minutes. Please be patient
and do not press any buttons, otherwise automatic tuning
will not be completed.
•If no channels were found during the auto tuning process, a
new menu appears automatically on the screen asking you
to connect the aerial. Please connect the aerial (see page 7)
and press t. The auto tuning process will start again.

Confirm [t]

Country
Sverige
Norge
–
Italia
Schweiz/Suisse/Svizzera
Select Country
Select [–2+]

Confirm [t]

Initial Set Up
First please connect aerial
Do you want to start automatic
tuning?
Yes
No
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] End

Auto Tuning
No channel found
Please connect aerial
OK

Confirm [t] End

8

First Time Operation

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 9 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

5 After all available channels are captured and stored, the
Programme Sorting menu appears automatically on the screen
enabling you to change the order in which the channels appear on
the screen.

a) If you wish to keep the broadcast channels in the tuned order,
press MENU.

Programme Sorting
Programme:
01 TVE
02 TVE2
03 TV3
04 C33
Select channel
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] Exit

b) If you wish to store the channels in a different order:
1 Press 2 +/– to select the programme number with the
channel (TV Broadcast) you wish to rearrange, then press
t.
2 Press 2 +/– to select the new programme number position
for your selected channel (TV Broadcast), then press t.

Programme Sorting
Programme:
01 TVE
02 TVE2
03 TV3
04 C33
03 TV3
Select new position
[
[t]
Exit
Select – 2+] Confirm

3 Repeat steps b) 1 and b) 2 if you wish to change the order of
the other channels.

6

The following option is only available for KV-21CT1K.
Because of the earth’s magnetism, the picture might slant. The
Picture Rotation menu allows you to correct the picture slants if it
is necessary.

a) If it is not necessary, press t.
b) If it is necessary, press 2 +/– to correct any slant of the

Picture Rotation
[– 2]

[2+]

Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] End

GB

picture. Finally press t to store.
•To allow this menu to appear again, press and hold MENU button at top control panel for
about 5 seconds.
• The MENU,
and / / / buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations above.
Your TV is now ready for use.

First Time Operation

9

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 10 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

Introducing and Using the Menu System
Your TV uses an on-screen menu system to guide you through the operations. Use the
following buttons on the Remote Control to operate the menu system:

1 Press MENU to switch the menu on.

2 • To highlight the desired menu or option, press
• To enter to the selected menu or option, press
• To return to the last menu or option, press .
• To alter settings of your selected option, press
• To confirm and store your selection, press
.

.

or
.
/

/

or

.

3 Press MENU to remove the menu from the screen.

Picture
Picture
Mode:
Picture Adjustment
Intelligent Picture:

Select

Live
On

End

Confirm

Picture
Mode:
Picture Adjustment
Intelligent Picture:

Select

Confirm

Live
On

End

The “Picture” menu allows you to
alter the picture adjustments.
To do this:
After selecting the item you want to
alter, press , then press / /
repeatedly to adjust it and
or
finally press
to store the new
adjustment.
This menu also allows you to
customize the picture mode based
on the programme you are
watching:

Mode

Live (for enhanced picture contrast and sharpness).
Movie (for a finely detailed picture).
Game (for a picture from game).
Personal (for your own custom settings).

Picture
Adjustment

Contrast

Press
Press

or
or

to reduce picture contrast.
to enhance picture contrast.

Brightness

Press
Press

or
or

to darken the picture.
to brighten the picture.

Colour

Press
Press

or
or

to decrease colour intensity.
to increase colour intensity.

10

Menu System

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 11 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

Press
Press

Hue

or
or

to decrease the green tones.
to increase the green tones.

Hue can only be adjusted for NTSC colour signal (e.g. USA video tapes).

Intelligent
Picture

Sharpness

Press
Press

or
or

to soften the picture.
to sharpen the picture.

Reset

Select

On/Off

Select to optimize the picture quality.
E.g. reduce noise level when signal is weak.

to reset the picture to the factory preset levels.

If any changes are made to “Picture Adjustment”, “Mode” will switch automatically to
“Personal” and the new setting will be stored as “Personal”.

Sound
Sound
Auto Volume:

Sound
Auto Volume:

Off

The “Sound” menu allows you to
alter the sound adjustments.

Off

GB
Select

Auto
Volume

Confirm

End

Select

Confirm

End

On/Off
Volume level of the channels will stay the same, independent of the broadcast
signal (e.g. in the case of advertisements).

Menu System

11

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 12 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

Timer
Timer
Sleep Timer:
On Timer:

Select

Timer
Sleep Timer:
On Timer:

Off
Off

Confirm

End

Sleep Timer

Select

Confirm

The “Timer” menu allows you to alter
the timer adjustments.

Off
Off

End

The “Sleep Timer” option in the “Timer” menu allows you to select
a time period for the TV to switch itself automatically into the
standby mode.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press , then press
or
to set the
time period delay (max. of 1 hour 30 minutes) and finally press
to store.
• While watching the TV, you can press the
button on
the remote control to display the time remaining.
• One minute before the TV switches itself into standby
mode, “TV will turn off soon” is displayed on the TV
screen automatically.

On Timer

The “On Timer” option in the “Timer” menu allows you to select a
time period for the TV to switch itself automatically on from
standby mode.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press , then press
or
to set the
time period delay (max. of 12 hours) and finally press
to store.
Finally press the standby button &/1 on the remote control. After
the selected length of time, the TV switches on automatically and
“On Timer” will appear on the screen.
• The standby indicator 1 on the TV set lights up in amber
to indicate that “On Timer” is active.
• Any loss of power will cause these settings to be cleared.
• If no buttons are pressed for more than one hour after the
TV is turned on using the “On Timer”, the TV
automatically goes into standby mode.

12

Menu System

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 13 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

Channel Set Up

Select

Confirm

The “Channel Set Up” menu allows
you to preset channels on this TV.

Channel Set Up
Auto Tuning
Programme Sorting
Programme Labels
Manual Programme Preset

Channel Set Up
Auto Tuning
Programme Sorting
Programme Labels
Manual Programme Preset

End

Auto Tuning

Select

Confirm

End

The “Auto Tuning” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu allows
you to automatically search and store all available TV channels.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press
and then proceed in the same
way as in the step 4 of the section “Switching On the TV and
Automatically Tuning” (see page 8).

Programme
Sorting

The “Programme Sorting” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu
allows you to change the order in which the channels (TV
Broadcast) appear on the screen.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press
and then proceed in the same
way as in step 5b) of the section “Switching On the TV and
Automatically Tuning” (see page 9).

GB

Programme Labels The “Programme Labels” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu
allows you to name a channel using up to five characters (letters or
numbers).
To do this:
to select the
1 After selecting the option, press . Press or
programme number with the channel you wish to name, then
press
.
2 Press . With the first element of the label column highlighted,
press
or
to select a letter or number (select “_” for a
blank), then press
to confirm this character. Select the other
four characters in the same way. Finally press
to store.
continued...

Menu System

13

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 14 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

Manual
Programme
Preset

The “Manual Programme Preset” option in the “Channel Set Up”
menu allows you to:
a) Preset channels or a video input source one by one to the
programme order of your choice.
To do this:
1 After selecting the “Manual Programme Preset” option, press
. Highlight the Programme option and press . Press
or
to select a programme number on which you want to preset
the channel (for VCR, select programme number “0”), then
press .
The following option is only available depending on the
country you have selected in the “Language/Country”
menu.
2

After selecting the System option, press . Press
or
to
select the TV Broadcast system (B/G for western European
countries or D/K for eastern European countries), then press
.

3

or
After selecting the Channel option, press . Then press
to select the channel tuning (C for terrestrial channels or S
for cable channels). Next press . After that, press the number
buttons to directly enter the channel number of the TV
Broadcast. If you do not know the channel number, press
or
to search for it. When you tune the desired channel, press
twice to store.
Repeat all the above steps to tune and store more channels.

b) Normally the automatic fine tuning (AFT) will give the best
possible picture, however you can manually fine tune the TV to
obtain a better picture if the picture is distorted.
To do this:
While watching the channel (TV Broadcast) you wish to fine
or
to
tune, select the AFT option and press . Next press
adjust the fine tuning between -15 and +15. Finally press
twice to store.
c) Skip any unwanted programme numbers when they are selected
with the PROG +/– button.
To do this:
Highlighting the Programme option, press PROG +/– to select
the programme number you want to skip. When the programme
you want to skip appears on the screen, select the Skip option
or
to select Yes. Finally press
and press . Next press
twice to confirm and store.
To cancel this function afterwards, select No instead of Yes in the step
above.

14

Menu System

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 15 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

Set Up
Set Up
Language/Country
Picture Rotation
RGB Centring:

Select

Set Up
Language/Country
Picture Rotation
RGB Centring:

0

Confirm

End

Language/
Country

Select

Confirm

The “Set Up” menu allows you to
alter various options on this TV.
0

End

The “Language/Country” option in the “Set Up” menu allows you to
select the language that the menus are displayed in.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press and then proceed in the same way
as in the step 2 and 3 of the section “Switching On the TV and
Automatically Tuning” (see page 8).

Picture Rotation Because of the earth’s magnetism, the picture might slant. In this case,
you can correct the picture slant by using the option “Picture
(only for
Rotation” in the “Set Up” menu.
KV-21CT1K)
To do this:
After selecting the option, press . Press or (
any slant of the picture. Finally press
to store.
RGB Centring

or

) to correct

When connecting an RGB source, such as a “PlayStation”, you may
need to readjust the horizontal position of the picture. In that case, you
can readjust it through the “RGB Centring” option in the “Set Up”
menu.
To do this:
While watching an RGB source, select the “RGB Centring” option and
press . Press
or
to adjust the centre of the picture between -10
and +10. Finally press
to confirm and store.

Menu System

15

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

GB

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 16 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

Teletext
Teletext is an information service transmitted by most TV stations. The index page of the
Teletext service (usually page 100) gives you information on how to use the service. To
operate Teletext, use the remote control buttons as indicated below.
Be sure to use a channel (TV Broadcast) with a strong signal, otherwise Teletext errors may
occur.
To switch on Teletext :
After selecting the TV channel which carries the Teletext service you wish to
view, press
.

TELETEXT
Index
Programme
News
Sport
Weather

25
153

101
To select a Teletext page:
98
Input 3 digits for the page number, using the numbered buttons.
• If you have made a mistake, retype the correct page number.
• If the counter on the screen continues searching, it is because this page is not available. In that case,
input another page number.

To check the contents of a Teletext service:
Press
.
To access the next or preceding page:
Press
or
.
To superimpose teletext on to the TV:
Whilst you are viewing Teletext, press

. Press it again to cancel Teletext mode.

To freeze a teletext page:
Some Teletext pages have sub-pages which follow on automatically. To stop them, press
. Press it again to cancel the freeze.
To reveal concealed information (e.g., answer to a quiz):
Press
. Press it again to conceal the information.
To enlarge the Teletext display:
Press
. Each time you press
, the Teletext display changes as follows: Enlarge upper
half t Enlarge lower half t Normal size.
To stand by for a Teletext page while watching a TV program.
1 Enter the Teletext number that you want to refer to, then press
.
2 When the page number is displayed, press
to show the Text.
To switch off Teletext:
Press
.

Fastext
Fastext service lets you access pages with one push of a button.
While you are in Teletext mode and Fastext is broadcast, a colour coded menu appears at
the bottom of the teletext page. Press the colour button (red, green, yellow or blue) to access
the corresponding page.

16

Teletext

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 17 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

Connecting Optional Equipment
Using the following instructions, you can connect a wide range of optional equipment to
your TV set (connecting cables are not supplied).

8mm/Hi8/
DVC
camcorder

DVD/VCR
1

2

“PlayStation”*

C
A

B

When you connect the
headphones, the TV
speakers will
automatically be muted

decoder
* “PlayStation” is a product
of Sony Computer
Entertainment, Inc.
* “PlayStation” is a trademark
of Sony Computer
Entertainment, Inc.

GB

Connecting a VCR:
To connect a VCR, please refer to the section “Connecting an outdoor aerial and VCR” of this
instruction manual. We recommend you connect your VCR using a Scart lead. If you do not
have a Scart lead, tune in the VCR test signal to the TV programme number “0” by using the
“Manual Programme Preset” option (for details on how to manually programme these presets,
see page 14, step a).
Refer to your VCR instruction manual to find out how to find the output channel of your VCR.

Using Optional Equipment
1
2
3

Connect your equipment to the designated TV socket, as indicated above.
Switch on the connected equipment.
To watch the picture of the connected equipment, press
input symbol appears on the screen.
Symbol

4

repeatedly until the correct

Input Signals

1

• Audio/video input signal through the Scart connector C.

1

• RGB input signal through the Scart connector C. This symbol appears
only if a RGB source has been connected.

2

• Video input signal through the phono socket A and Audio input signal
through B.

Press

button on the remote control to return to the normal TV picture.

Additional Information

17

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 18 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

Specifications
TV system:
Depending on your country selection:
B/G/H, D/K

Sound Output:
1 x 6 W (music power)
1 x 3 W (RMS)

Colour system:
PAL, SECAM
NTSC 3.58, 4.43 (only Video In)

Power Consumption:
• KV-21CT1K: 56 W
• KV-14CT1K: 50 W

Channel Coverage:
VHF:
E2-E12
UHF:
E21-E69
CATV: S1-S20
HYPER: S21-S41
D/K:
R1-R12, R21-R69

Standby Power Consumption:
<1W

Picture Tube:
Flat Display FD Trinitron
Rear Terminals
i1/
21-pin Scart connector
(CENELEC standard) including
audio/video input, RGB input,
TV audio/video output.
Front Terminals
t2
video input – phono jack
2
audio input – phono jack
headphones jack

Dimensions (w x h x d):
• KV-21CT1K: Approx. 497 x 461 x 487 mm
• KV-14CT1K: Approx. 374 x 355 x 420 mm
Weight:
• KV-21CT1K: Approx. 24 kg
• KV-14CT1K: Approx. 11 kg
Accessories supplied:
1 Remote Control (RM-W100)
2 Batteries (IEC designated)
1 Aerial (only for KV-14CT1K)
Other features:
• Teletext, Fastext, TOPtext
• Sleep Timer
• On Timer

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Ecological Paper- Totally Chlorine Free

18

Additional Information

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1K.fm Page 19 Wednesday, July 9, 2003 8:39 AM

Troubleshooting
Here are some simple solutions to the problems which may affect the picture and sound.
Problem

Solution

No picture (screen is dark) and no
sound.

• Check the aerial connection.
• Plug the TV in and press the ! button on the front of
TV.
• If the standby indicator 1 is on, press &/1 button on
the remote control.

Poor or no picture (screen is dark),
but good sound.

• Using the menu system, select the “Picture
Adjustment” menu and select “Reset” to return to the
factory settings (see page 10).

No picture or no menu information
from equipment connected to the
Scart connector.

• Check that the optional equipment is on and press
repeatedly on the remote control until the correct
input symbol is displayed on the screen (see page 17).

Good picture, no sound.

• Press the
+ button on the remote control.
• Check that headphones are not connected.

No colour on colour programmes.

• Using the menu system, select the “Picture
Adjustment” menu and select “Reset” to return to
factory settings (see page 10).

GB

Distorted picture when changing
programmes or selecting teletext.

• Turn off any equipment connected to the Scart
connector on the rear of the TV.

Wrong characters appear when
viewing teletext.

• Using the menu system, enter the “Language/
Country” option in the “Set Up” menu and select the
country in which you operate the TV set. For Cyrillic
languages, we recommend to select Russia in the case
that your own country does not appear in the list (see
page 15).

Picture slanted.
(only for KV-21CT1K)

• Using the menu system, select the “Picture Rotation”
option in the “Set Up” menu to correct the picture
slant (see page 15).

Noisy picture when viewing a TV
channel.

• Using the menu system, select the “Manual
Programme Preset” menu and adjust Fine Tuning
(AFT) to obtain better picture reception (see page 14).
• Using the menu system, select the “Intelligent
Picture” option in the “Picture” menu and select
“On” to reduce the noise in the picture (see page 10).

Remote control does not function.

• Replace the batteries.

The standby indicator 1 on the TV
flashes red.

• Contact your nearest Sony service centre.

In case of problems, have your TV serviced by qualified personnel. Never open the casing
yourself.

Additional Information

19

KV-14CT1K_Grp U6
4-093-927-62(1)

01CoverKV21CT1B.fm Page 2 Saturday, July 5, 2003 10:54 AM

4-093-927-72(1)
R

FD Trinitron
Colour Television
Instruction Manual

KV-21CT1B
KV-14CT1B
© 2003 Sony Corporation

GB

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 2 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

NOTICE FOR CUSTOMERS
A moulded plug complying with BS1363 is fitted to this equipment for your safety and
convenience.
Should the fuse in the plug supplied need to be replaced, a 5 AMP fuse approved by ASTA or
BSI to BS 1362 (i.e. marked with
or
) must be used.
When an alternative type of plug is used it should be fitted with a 5 AMP FUSE, otherwise the
circuit should be protected by a 5 AMP FUSE at the distribution board.
If the plug supplied with this equipment has a detachable fuse cover, be sure to attach the fuse
cover after you change the fuse. Never use the plug without the fuse cover. If you should lose
the fuse cover, please contact your nearest Sony service centre.

How to replace the fuse
Open the fuse compartment with a blade screwdriver, and replace the fuse.
•

IMPORTANT
If the plug supplied is not suitable for the socket outlets in your home, it should be cut off and
an appropriate plug fitted in accordance with the following instructions:
The wires in this mains lead are coloured in accordance with the following code:
Blue
Neutral
Brown
Live
As the colours of the wires in the mains lead of this apparatus may not correspond with the
coloured markings identifying the terminals in your plug, proceed as follows:
The wire which is coloured blue must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the
letter N or coloured black. The wire which is coloured brown must be connected to the
terminal which is marked with the letter L or coloured red. Do not connect either wire to the
earth terminal in the plug which is marked by the letter E or by the safety earth symbol
or coloured green or green and yellow.

WARNING
• To prevent shock hazard, do not insert the plug cut off from the mains lead into a socket outlet.
This plug cannot be used and should be destroyed.
• To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the unit to rain or moisture.
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the set. Do not open the cabinet. Refer servicing
to qualified personnel only.

2

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 3 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

Introduction
Thank you for choosing this Sony FD Trinitron Colour Television.
Before operating the TV, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it for future
reference.

Symbols used in the manual:
•

Important information

•

Information on a feature.

•

• 1,2...Sequence of instructions.
•

Shaded buttons on the remote control
show you the buttons you have to
press to follow the sequence of the
instructions.
Informs you of the result of
instructions.

Table of Contents
Notice for Customers ............................................................................................................................. 2
Introduction............................................................................................................................................. 3
Safety Information .... ..............................................................................................................................4

Overview
Overview of Remote Control Buttons .... .............................................................................................5
Overview of TV Buttons ........................................................................................................................ 6

GB

Installation
Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control ....................................................................................... 6
Connecting an Indoor Aerial (only for KV-14CT1B) ......................................................................... 7
Connecting an Outdoor Aerial and VCR ............................................................................................ 7

First Time Operation
Switching On the TV and Automatically Tuning .............................................................................. 8

Menu System
Introducing and Using the Menu System ......................................................................................... 10
Picture............................................................................................................................................... 10
Sound ................................................................................................................................................ 11
Timer................................................................................................................................................. 12
Channel Set Up ............................................................................................................................... 13
Set Up ............................................................................................................................................... 15

Teletext ................................................................................................................................................ 16
Additional Information
Connecting Optional Equipment ....................................................................................................... 17
Using Optional Equipment ................................................................................................................. 17
Specifications ......................................................................................................................................... 18
Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................................... 19

Table of Contents

3

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 4 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

Safety Information

For environmental and safety
reasons, it is recommended that
the TV set is not left in standby
mode when not in use.
Disconnect from the mains.

Do not open the cabinet and the
rear cover of the TV. Refer to
qualified service personnel only.

For your own safety, do not
touch any part of the TV, power
lead or aerial lead during
lightning storms.

To prevent fire or shock hazard,
do not expose the TV to rain or
moisture.

Do not cover the ventilation
openings of the TV. For
ventilation, leave a space of at
least 10cm all around the set.

Never place the TV in hot, humid
or excessively dusty places. Do
not install the TV where it may be
exposed to mechanical
vibrations.

To prevent fire, keep
inflammable objects or naked
lights (e.g. candles) away from
the TV.

Pull out the power lead by the
plug. Do not pull on the power
lead itself.

Take care not to place heavy
objects on the power lead as this
could result in damage.
We recommend you wind any
excess lead around the holders
provided on the rear of the TV.

Unplug the power lead before
moving the TV. Avoid uneven
surfaces, quick steps or excessive
force. If the set has been dropped
or damaged, have it checked
immediately by qualified service
personnel.

Do not cover the ventilation
openings of the TV with items
such as curtains or newspapers,
etc.

Clean the screen and cabinet with a
soft, lightly dampened cloth. Do
not use any type of abrasive pad,
alkaline cleaner, scouring powder
or solvent, such as alcohol or
benzine, or antistatic spray. As a
safety precaution, unplug the TV
before cleaning it.

Place the TV on a secure stable
stand. Do not allow children to
climb on to it. Do not place the
TV on its side or face up.

4

Never push objects of any kind
into the set as this could result in
a fire or electric shock. Never
spill liquid of any kind on the
set. If any liquid or solid object
does fall through, do not operate
the TV. Have it checked immediately by qualified personnel.

This set is to operate on a 220240V AC supply only. Take care
not to connect too many
appliances to the same power
socket as this could result in fire
or electric shock.

Safety Information

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 5 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

Overview of Remote Control Buttons
Displaying on screen
information
Press to display all on-screen
indications. Press again to
cancel.
Muting the sound
Press to mute TV sound.
Press again to restore the
sound.
Selecting input source
Press repeatedly until the
desired input symbol of the
source appears on the TV
screen.
This button only works in
Teletext mode.
Function A/B associated to this
button does not work with this TV.
Selecting channels
Press to select channels.
For double-digit programme
numbers, enter the second
digit within 3 seconds.
or
Press -/-- and then the first
and second digit.
If you enter an incorrect first
digit, this should be corrected
by entering another digit (0-9)
and then selecting -/-- button
again to enter the programme
number of your choice.
On timer
Set TV to switch on
automatically.
Sleep timer
Set TV to switch off
automatically.
This button does not work
on this set.
Adjusting TV volume
Press to adjust the volume
of the TV.
This button only works in
Teletext mode.
Function 9 associated to this
button does not work with this TV.
Selecting picture mode
Press repeatedly to change
the picture mode.

To temporarily switch off TV
Press to temporarily switch off TV (the standby
indicator 1 on TV lights up). Press again to switch on
TV from standby mode.
To save energy we recommend
switching off completely
when TV is not in use.
After 15 minutes
without a signal and
without any button
being pressed, the TV
switches automatically
into standby mode.
A/B
Selecting TV mode
Press to switch off teletext or
video input.
3
1
2
Back to the channel last
watched
6
4
5
Press to watch the last
channel selected (watched for
9
7
8
at least 5 seconds).
Selecting channels
0
Press to select the next or
PROG
previous channel.
Displaying the menu
system
Press to display the menu on
the TV screen. Press again to
remove the menu display
MENU
from the TV screen.
Menu selection
Scroll Up
Scroll Down
Previous menu or selection
Next menu or selection
Confirm your selection
Selecting Teletext
Press to switch on teletext.
TV
Selecting screen format
Press to view programmes in
16:9 mode. Press again to
return to 4:3 mode.

GB

Besides TV functions, all coloured buttons as well as green symbols are also used for
Teletext operation. For more details, please refer to “Teletext” section of this instruction
manual (see page 16).
Overview

5

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 6 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

Overview of TV Buttons

Displaying Selecting
the menu Input
source
system

Lift up the door
flap with
mark to reveal
the control
panel.

Standby
indicator

On/Off
switch

Volume
control
buttons

Video Input
jack

Programme Up or
Down buttons
(selects TV
channels)

Audio Input Headphone
jack
jack

Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control
Make sure you insert the supplied batteries using the correct polarities.
Always remember to dispose of used batteries in an environmental friendly way.

6

Overview-Installation

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 7 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

Connecting an Indoor Aerial (only for KV-14CT1B)
For a better reception we recommend you connect an external aerial. However, where an
external aerial is not available and your local VHF/UHF signal is strong, you can connect
the supplied indoor aerial as follows:

1 Insert the aerial into the opening on top of the set until it clicks.

2 Connect the aerial connector to the aerial socket on the rear of the
set.

GB

3 After switching on the TV, adjust the aerial for optimum reception.

Connecting an Outdoor Aerial and VCR
Connecting cables are not supplied.

or

VCR
OUT

IN

Scart lead is optional.
For more details of VCR connection, please refer to the section “Connecting Optional
Equipment” of this instruction manual (see page 17).
Installation

7

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 8 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

Switching On the TV and Automatically Tuning
The first time you switch on your TV, a sequence of menu screens appear on the TV
enabling you to: 1) choose the language of the menu screen, 2) choose the country in which
you wish to operate the TV, 3) search and store all available channels (TV Broadcast), 4)
change the order in which the channels (TV Broadcast) appear on the screen and 5) adjust
the picture slant (only for KV-21CT1B).
However, if you need to change any of these settings at a later date, you can do that by
selecting the appropriate option in the
(Set Up) or
(Channel Set Up) menu.

1 Connect the TV plug to the mains socket (220-240 V AC, 50 Hz).
Press ! On/Off button on the TV set to switch on the TV. The
first time you switch on the TV, a Language menu displays
automatically on the TV screen.

2 Press 2 +/– button on the top control panel to select the language,
then press t to confirm your selection. From now on all menus
will appear in the selected language.

3 The Country menu appears automatically on the TV screen. Press
2 +/– button to select the country in which you will operate the
TV set, then press t to confirm your selection.
• If the country in which you want to use the TV set does not
appear in the list, select “-” instead of a country.
• In order to avoid wrong teletext characters for Cyrillic
languages we recommend to select Russia in the case that
your own country does not appear in the list.

4 Ensure the aerial is connected as instructed, then press t to
confirm. The TV automatically starts searching and storing all
available broadcast channels for you.
•This procedure could take some minutes. Please be patient
and do not press any buttons, otherwise automatic tuning
will not be completed.
•If no channels were found during the auto tuning process, a
new menu appears automatically on the screen asking you
to connect the aerial. Please connect the aerial (see page 7)
and press t. The auto tuning process will start again.

Language
Svenska
Norsk
English
Nederlands
Français
Select language
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t]

Country
Sverige
Norge
–
Italia
Schweiz/Suisse/Svizzera
Select Country
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t]

Initial Set Up
First please connect aerial
Do you want to start automatic
tuning?
Yes
No
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] End

Auto Tuning
No channel found
Please connect aerial
OK

Confirm [t] End

8

First Time Operation

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 9 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

5 After all available channels are captured and stored, the
Programme Sorting menu appears automatically on the screen
enabling you to change the order in which the channels appear on
the screen.

a) If you wish to keep the broadcast channels in the tuned order,
press MENU.

Programme Sorting
Programme:
01 TVE
02 TVE2
03 TV3
04 C33
Select channel
Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] Exit

b) If you wish to store the channels in a different order:
1 Press 2 +/– to select the programme number with the
channel (TV Broadcast) you wish to rearrange, then press
t.
2 Press 2 +/– to select the new programme number position
for your selected channel (TV Broadcast), then press t.

Programme Sorting
Programme:
01 TVE
02 TVE2
03 TV3
04 C33
03 TV3
Select new position
[
[t]
Exit
Select – 2+] Confirm

3 Repeat steps b) 1 and b) 2 if you wish to change the order of
the other channels.

6

The following option is only available for KV-21CT1B.
Because of the earth’s magnetism, the picture might slant. The
Picture Rotation menu allows you to correct the picture slants if it
is necessary.

a) If it is not necessary, press t.
b) If it is necessary, press 2 +/– to correct any slant of the

Picture Rotation
[– 2]

[2+]

Select [– 2+] Confirm [t] End

GB

picture. Finally press t to store.
• To allow this menu to appear again, press and hold MENU button at top control panel for
about 5 seconds.
• The MENU,
and / / / buttons on the remote control can also be used for the
operations above.
Your TV is now ready for use.

First Time Operation

9

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 10 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

Introducing and Using the Menu System
Your TV uses an on-screen menu system to guide you through the operations. Use the
following buttons on the Remote Control to operate the menu system:

1 Press MENU to switch the menu on.

2 • To highlight the desired menu or option, press
• To enter to the selected menu or option, press
• To return to the last menu or option, press .
• To alter settings of your selected option, press
• To confirm and store your selection, press
.

.

or
.
/

/

or

.

3 Press MENU to remove the menu from the screen.

Picture
Picture
Mode:
Picture Adjustment
Intelligent Picture:

Select

Live
On

Confirm

End

Picture
Mode:
Picture Adjustment
Intelligent Picture:

Select

Confirm

Live
On

End

The “Picture” menu allows you to
alter the picture adjustments.
To do this:
After selecting the item you want to
alter, press , then press / /
or
repeatedly to adjust it and
finally press
to store the new
adjustment.
This menu also allows you to
customize the picture mode based
on the programme you are
watching:

Mode

Live (for enhanced picture contrast and sharpness).
Movie (for a finely detailed picture).
Game (for a picture from game).
Personal (for your own custom settings).

Picture
Adjustment

Contrast

Press
Press

or
or

to reduce picture contrast.
to enhance picture contrast.

Brightness

Press
Press

or
or

to darken the picture.
to brighten the picture.

Colour

Press
Press

or
or

to decrease colour intensity.
to increase colour intensity.

10

Menu System

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 11 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

Press
Press

Hue

or
or

to decrease the green tones.
to increase the green tones.

Hue can only be adjusted for NTSC colour signal (e.g. USA video tapes).

Intelligent
Picture

Sharpness

Press
Press

or
or

to soften the picture.
to sharpen the picture.

Reset

Select

On/Off

Select to optimize the picture quality.
E.g. reduce noise level when signal is weak.

to reset the picture to the factory preset levels.

If any changes are made to “Picture Adjustment”, “Mode” will switch automatically to
“Personal” and the new setting will be stored as “Personal”.

Sound
Sound
Auto Volume:

Sound
Auto Volume:

Off

The “Sound” menu allows you to
alter the sound adjustments.

Off

GB
Select

Auto
Volume

Confirm

End

Select

Confirm

End

On/Off
Volume level of the channels will stay the same, independent of the broadcast
signal (e.g. in the case of advertisements).

Menu System

11

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 12 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

Timer
Timer
Sleep Timer:
On Timer:

Select

Timer
Sleep Timer:
On Timer:

Off
Off

Confirm

End

Sleep Timer

Select

Confirm

The “Timer” menu allows you to alter
the timer adjustments.

Off
Off

End

The “Sleep Timer” option in the “Timer” menu allows you to select
a time period for the TV to switch itself automatically into the
standby mode.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press , then press
or
to set the
time period delay (max. of 1 hour 30 minutes) and finally press
to store.
• While watching the TV, you can press the
button on
the remote control to display the time remaining.
• One minute before the TV switches itself into standby
mode, “TV will turn off soon” is displayed on the TV
screen automatically.

On Timer

The “On Timer” option in the “Timer” menu allows you to select a
time period for the TV to switch itself automatically on from
standby mode.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press , then press
or
to set the
time period delay (max. of 12 hours) and finally press
to store.
Finally press the standby button &/1 on the remote control. After
the selected length of time, the TV switches on automatically and
“On Timer” will appear on the screen.
• The standby indicator 1 on the TV set lights up in amber
to indicate that “On Timer” is active.
• Any loss of power will cause these settings to be cleared.
• If no buttons are pressed for more than one hour after the
TV is turned on using the “On Timer”, the TV
automatically goes into standby mode.

12

Menu System

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 13 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

Channel Set Up

Select

Confirm

The “Channel Set Up” menu allows
you to preset channels on this TV.

Channel Set Up
Auto Tuning
Programme Sorting
Programme Labels
Manual Programme Preset

Channel Set Up
Auto Tuning
Programme Sorting
Programme Labels
Manual Programme Preset

End

Auto Tuning

Select

Confirm

End

The “Auto Tuning” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu allows
you to automatically search and store all available TV channels.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press
and then proceed in the same
way as in the step 4 of the section “Switching On the TV and
Automatically Tuning” (see page 8).

Programme
Sorting

The “Programme Sorting” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu
allows you to change the order in which the channels (TV
Broadcast) appear on the screen.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press
and then proceed in the same
way as in step 5b) of the section “Switching On the TV and
Automatically Tuning” (see page 9).

GB

Programme Labels The “Programme Labels” option in the “Channel Set Up” menu
allows you to name a channel using up to five characters (letters or
numbers).
To do this:
or
to select the
1 After selecting the option, press . Press
programme number with the channel you wish to name, then
press
.
2 Press . With the first element of the label column
highlighted, press
or
to select a letter or number (select
“_” for a blank), then press
to confirm this character. Select
the other four characters in the same way. Finally press
to
store.
continued...

Menu System

13

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 14 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

Manual
Programme
Preset

The “Manual Programme Preset” option in the “Channel Set Up”
menu allows you to:
a) Preset channels or a video input source one by one to the
programme order of your choice.
To do this:
1 After selecting the “Manual Programme Preset” option, press
. Highlight the Programme option and press . Press
or
to select a programme number on which you want to preset
the channel (for VCR, select programme number “0”), then
press .
The following option is only available depending on the
country you have selected in the “Language/Country”
menu.
2

After selecting the System option, press . Press
or
to
select the TV Broadcast system (B/G for western European
countries, L for France, I for United Kingdom or D/K for
.
eastern European countries), then press

3

or
After selecting the Channel option, press . Then press
to select the channel tuning (C for terrestrial channels or S
for cable channels). Next press . After that, press the number
buttons to directly enter the channel number of the TV
Broadcast. If you do not know the channel number, press or
to search for it. When you tune the desired channel, press
twice to store.
Repeat all the above steps to tune and store more channels.

b) Normally the automatic fine tuning (AFT) will give the best
possible picture, however you can manually fine tune the TV to
obtain a better picture if the picture is distorted.
To do this:
While watching the channel (TV Broadcast) you wish to fine
or
to
tune, select the AFT option and press . Next press
adjust the fine tuning between -15 and +15. Finally press
twice to store.
c) Skip any unwanted programme numbers when they are selected
with the PROG +/– button.
To do this:
Highlighting the Programme option, press PROG +/– to select
the programme number you want to skip. When the
programme you want to skip appears on the screen, select the
or
to select Yes.
Skip option and press . Next press
Finally press
twice to confirm and store.
To cancel this function afterwards, select No instead of Yes in the step
above.

14

Menu System

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 15 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

Set Up
Set Up
Language/Country
Picture Rotation
RGB Centring:

Select

Set Up
Language/Country
Picture Rotation
RGB Centring:

0

Confirm

End

Language/
Country

Select

Confirm

The “Set Up” menu allows you to
alter various options on this TV.
0

End

The “Language/Country” option in the “Set Up” menu allows you to
select the language that the menus are displayed in.
To do this:
After selecting the option, press and then proceed in the same way
as in the step 2 and 3 of the section “Switching On the TV and
Automatically Tuning” (see page 8).

Picture Rotation Because of the earth’s magnetism, the picture might slant. In this case,
you can correct the picture slant by using the option “Picture
(only for
Rotation” in the “Set Up” menu.
KV-21CT1B)
To do this:
After selecting the option, press . Press or (
any slant of the picture. Finally press
to store.
RGB Centring

or

) to correct

When connecting an RGB source, such as a “PlayStation”, you may
need to readjust the horizontal position of the picture. In that case, you
can readjust it through the “RGB Centring” option in the “Set Up”
menu.
To do this:
While watching an RGB source, select the “RGB Centring” option and
press . Press
or
to adjust the centre of the picture between -10
and +10. Finally press
to confirm and store.

Menu System

15

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

GB

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 16 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

Teletext
Teletext is an information service transmitted by most TV stations. The index page of the
Teletext service (usually page 100) gives you information on how to use the service. To
operate Teletext, use the remote control buttons as indicated below.
Be sure to use a channel (TV Broadcast) with a strong signal, otherwise Teletext errors may
occur.
To switch on Teletext:
After selecting the TV channel which carries the Teletext service you wish to
view, press
.

TELETEXT
Index
Programme
News
Sport
Weather

25
153

101
To select a Teletext page:
98
Input 3 digits for the page number, using the numbered buttons.
• If you have made a mistake, retype the correct page number.
• If the counter on the screen continues searching, it is because this page is not available. In that case,
input another page number.

To check the contents of a Teletext service:
Press
.
To access the next or preceding page:
Press
or
.
To superimpose teletext on to the TV:
Whilst you are viewing Teletext, press

. Press it again to cancel Teletext mode.

To freeze a teletext page:
Some Teletext pages have sub-pages which follow on automatically. To stop them, press
. Press it again to cancel the freeze.
To reveal concealed information (e.g., answer to a quiz):
Press
. Press it again to conceal the information.
To enlarge the Teletext display:
Press
. Each time you press
, the Teletext display changes as follows: Enlarge upper
half t Enlarge lower half t Normal size.
To stand by for a Teletext page while watching a TV program.
1 Enter the Teletext number that you want to refer to, then press
.
2 When the page number is displayed, press
to show the Text.
To switch off Teletext:
Press
.

Fastext
Fastext service lets you access pages with one push of a button.
While you are in Teletext mode and Fastext is broadcast, a colour coded menu appears at
the bottom of the teletext page. Press the colour button (red, green, yellow or blue) to access
the corresponding page.

16

Teletext

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 17 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

Connecting Optional Equipment
Using the following instructions, you can connect a wide range of optional equipment to
your TV set (connecting cables are not supplied).

8mm/Hi8/
DVC
camcorder

DVD/VCR
1

2

“PlayStation”*
C

A

When you connect the
headphones, the TV
speakers will
automatically be muted

B

decoder
* “PlayStation” is a product
of Sony Computer
Entertainment, Inc.
* “PlayStation” is a trademark
of Sony Computer
Entertainment, Inc.

GB

Connecting a VCR:
To connect a VCR, please refer to the section “Connecting an outdoor aerial and VCR” of this
instruction manual. We recommend you connect your VCR using a Scart lead. If you do not
have a Scart lead, tune in the VCR test signal to the TV programme number “0” by using the
“Manual Programme Preset” option (for details on how to manually programme these presets,
see page 14, step a).
Refer to your VCR instruction manual to find out how to find the output channel of your VCR.

Using Optional Equipment
1
2
3

Connect your equipment to the designated TV socket, as indicated above.
Switch on the connected equipment.
To watch the picture of the connected equipment, press
input symbol appears on the screen.
Symbol
1
1
2

4

Press

repeatedly until the correct

Input Signals
• Audio / video input signal through the Scart connector C
• RGB input signal through the Scart connector C. This symbol appears
only if a RGB source has been connected.
• Video input signal through the phono socket A and Audio input signal
through B.
button on the remote control to return to the normal TV picture.

Additional Information

17

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

master page=left
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 18 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

Specifications
TV system:
Depending on your country selection:
B/G/H, L, I, D/K

Sound Output:
1 x 6 W (music power)
1 x 3 W (RMS)

Colour system:
PAL, SECAM
NTSC 3.58, 4.43 (only Video In)

Power Consumption:
• KV-21CT1B: 56 W
• KV-14CT1B: 50 W

Channel Coverage:
VHF:
E2-E12
UHF:
E21-E69
CATV: S1-S20
HYPER: S21-S41
L:
F2-F10, B-Q, F21-F69
I:
UHF B21-B69
D/K:
R1-R12, R21-R69

Standby Power Consumption:
<1W

Picture Tube:
Flat Display FD Trinitron
Rear Terminals
i1/
21-pin Scart connector
(CENELEC standard) including
audio/video input, RGB input,
TV audio/video output.
Front Terminals
t2
video input – phono jack
2
audio input – phono jack
headphones jack

Dimensions (w x h x d):
• KV-21CT1B: Approx. 497 x 461 x 487 mm
• KV-14CT1B: Approx. 374 x 355 x 420 mm
Weight:
• KV-21CT1B: Approx. 24 kg
• KV-14CT1B: Approx. 11 kg
Accessories supplied:
1 Remote Control (RM-W100)
2 Batteries (IEC designated)
1 Aerial (only for KV-14CT1B)
Other features:
• Teletext, Fastext, TOPtext
• Sleep Timer
• On Timer

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Ecological Paper- Totally Chlorine Free

18

Additional Information

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

master page=right
01GBKV21CT1B.fm Page 19 Saturday, July 5, 2003 11:00 AM

Troubleshooting
Here are some simple solutions to the problems which may affect the picture and sound.
Problem

Solution

No picture (screen is dark) and no
sound.

• Check the aerial connection.
• Plug the TV in and press the ! button on the front of
TV.
• If the standby indicator 1 is on, press &/1 button on
the remote control.

Poor or no picture (screen is dark),
but good sound.

• Using the menu system, select the “Picture
Adjustment” menu and select “Reset” to return to the
factory settings (see page 10).

No picture or no menu information
from equipment connected to the
Scart connector.

• Check that the optional equipment is on and press
repeatedly on the remote control until the correct
input symbol is displayed on the screen (see page 17).

Good picture, no sound.

• Press the
+ button on the remote control.
• Check that headphones are not connected.

No colour on colour programmes.

• Using the menu system, select the “Picture
Adjustment” menu and select “Reset” to return to
factory settings (see page 10).

GB

Distorted picture when changing
programmes or selecting teletext.

• Turn off any equipment connected to the Scart
connector on the rear of the TV.

Wrong characters appear when
viewing teletext.

• Using the menu system, enter the “Language/
Country” option in the “Set Up” menu and select the
country in which you operate the TV set. For Cyrillic
languages, we recommend to select Russia in the case
that your own country does not appear in the list (see
page 15).

Picture slanted
(only for KV-21CT1B).

• Using the menu system, select the “Picture Rotation”
option in the “Set Up” menu to correct the picture
slant (see page 15).

Noisy picture when viewing a TV
channel.

• Using the menu system, select the “Manual
Programme Preset” menu and adjust Fine Tuning
(AFT) to obtain better picture reception (see page 14).
• Using the menu system, select the “Intelligent
Picture” option in the “Picture” menu and select
“On” to reduce the noise in the picture (see page 10).

Remote control does not function.

• Replace the batteries.

The standby indicator 1 on the TV
flashes red.

• Contact your nearest Sony service centre.

In case of problems, have your TV serviced by qualified personnel. Never open the casing
yourself.

Additional Information

19

KV-14CT1B_Grp U28
4-093-927-72(1)

01CoverKV21CT1B.fm Page 1 Saturday, July 5, 2003 10:54 AM

KV-21CT1B

Sony España, S.A.
Printed in Spain

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 2003:08:06 11:22:36
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 4.05 for Macintosh
Author                          : Sony Technology Visual Products
Creator                         : PageMaker 6.5
Title                           : Service Manual _KV-14CT1B
Modify Date                     : 2003:08:06 14:00:47+08:00
Subject                         : 9-872-366-01
Page Count                      : 152

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Service Manual _KV 14CT1B KV14CT1B

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation